Insidious Meme

SOC vs TEAM – 01-11-2023

SOC vs TEAM - 01-11-2023

SOC vs TEAM - 01-11-2023

Episode Summary:

"SOC vs Team" by Clif High, published on January 11, 2024, is an extensive discussion covering various topics including weather events, societal changes, the impact of authority, and significant shifts in global and individual perceptions.

Clif High begins by describing extreme weather conditions he's experienced, highlighting the intensity of storms with two inches of rain in seven and a half hours and winds up to 110 miles per hour. This personal anecdote leads into a broader discussion about societal changes, particularly focusing on the concept of "hyper novelty." High explains that this phenomenon signifies a period where traditional forms of authority and control, symbolized by the "Elohim worship cult," are losing their grip on society, leading to a radical shift in how people perceive and interact with the world around them.

He argues that individuals heavily schooled and those with higher academic achievements are likely to struggle the most during this transition. Their reliance on established authorities and institutions for validation makes them vulnerable in a world where these traditional forms of legitimacy are questioned or even dismissed. High uses Bret Weinstein, an evolutionary biologist, as an example. He describes Weinstein's slow realization and acceptance of various global issues, such as the COVID-19 pandemic being used as a tool for depopulation and tyranny, as a case of someone deeply ingrained in academic thinking having trouble adjusting to new realities.

The discussion moves towards the impact of vaccines, particularly the COVID-19 vaccine. High voices concerns about the vaccine's safety and effectiveness, mentioning personal interactions with medical professionals who are beginning to question their prior trust in big pharmaceutical companies and the healthcare system. He suggests that many of these professionals are now facing a crisis of faith in their institutions and are slowly starting to rely more on their judgment rather than external authority.

High also delves into political and social turmoil, citing unrest in various parts of the world, including Ecuador, and predicts a global shift towards rejecting traditional forms of governance and authority. He envisions a future where individuals no longer recognize or accept the legitimacy of entities like the World Health Organization (WHO) or the United Nations (UN). This prediction is part of a broader theme in his discussion, emphasizing the decline of traditional sources of authority and the rise of individual autonomy.

The narrative touches on the concept of "hypernovelty" impacting academic institutions and how they might struggle to adapt to a world where their authority is no longer taken for granted. High discusses how societal changes, such as the refusal of parents to send their children to colleges that enforce COVID-19 vaccinations, are signs of this declining trust in institutions.

Towards the end of the discussion, High shifts focus to the moon, suggesting that there is significant activity and possibly a war happening there. He encourages listeners to observe the moon with telescopes, claiming that there are visible signs of this activity. This part of the discussion adds a layer of speculative thought to his narrative, blending observable societal changes with more unconventional ideas.

In conclusion, Clif High's "SOC vs Team" is a complex tapestry of personal anecdotes, societal observations, predictions, and speculative ideas. It challenges listeners to reconsider their perceptions of authority and control, urging a move towards individual autonomy and skepticism towards traditional institutions.

#ClifHigh #HyperNovelty #Authority #Autonomy #ClifHigh #WeatherEvents #Academia #COVID19 #Vaccines #BigPharma #BretWeinstein #GlobalUnrest #SocietalShift #ElohimWorshipCult #Institutions #IndividualJudgment #WHO #UN #MoonActivity #Speculation #TraditionalGovernance #Skepticism #PoliticalTurmoil #SelfAutonomy #HealthcareSystem #CrisisOfFaith #MoonWar #ObservableChanges #SpeculativeIdeas #SocietalObservations #PersonalAnecdotes #TraditionalInstitutions #IndividualPerceptions #GlobalShift #MoonObservations #RejectingAuthority

Key Takeaways:
  • Hyper novelty is leading to a decline in traditional forms of authority and a rise in individual autonomy.
  • Clif High discusses the struggles of academics, like Bret Weinstein, in adapting to new societal realities.
  • There is a growing skepticism towards institutions like the WHO and big pharma, especially regarding COVID-19 vaccines.
  • Political and social unrest are signs of global shifts away from traditional forms of governance.
  • High speculates about significant activities and possible warfare on the moon, visible through telescopes.
  • The narrative blends personal experiences with broader societal observations, urging a reevaluation of authority.
Predictions:
  • Traditional forms of authority, like the WHO and UN, will continue to lose legitimacy and influence.
  • Academic institutions will struggle to adapt to a world where their authority is questioned.
  • Individuals will increasingly rely on their judgment rather than external authority, leading to a crisis of faith in institutions.
  • There will be a global shift towards rejecting traditional governance, evident in various parts of the world.
  • Significant events or activities on the moon may become more observable and potentially impactful to Earth.
Key Players:
  • Clif High - Author
  • Bret Weinstein - Evolutionary Biologist
  • World Health Organization (WHO)
  • United Nations (UN)
  • Elohim Worship Cult
Chat with this Episode via ChatGPT

SOC vs TEAM - 01-11-2023

Hello, humans. Hello, humans. It's January the 11th. Yeah, and it's a little after nine in the morning. Getting a late start because of the weather.

Have a lot of chores to do, too, so gonna be a long morning. Might typical shopping expedition here is 138.8 miles. My car tells me that that's round trip on all of this stuff. And that's the usual if I've got to go and do house kind of stuff, dropping off paperwork or signing or doing things like that for the county and these kind of things, it can add a lot more mileage. Anyway, so terrible storms these last few days.

The other day, we had two inches of rain in about seven and a half hours. Really flooding down. Huge winds here, 110 miles an hour in snow. Qualmy falls pass up here.

That's a lot of miles per hour for your winds. We were getting 50 and gusts of 60 down here on the coast. So it's a fierce storm heading inland. It's going to really cause problems for all the people in the midwest. If the cold comes down, you guys are going to just get dumped.

Huge pineapple Express. We have not experienced anything this fierce in these last five years. We've lived here on the coast almost six years now. So just incredible amount of rain and wind and stuff just coming down everywhere, trees all over. I had to get out and clean up the debris off the driveway just to get the cars out this morning.

And we had already had to change around schedules and stuff just because of the storms and what was going on. Anyway, so we're into this period of hyper novelty. A lot of the wu people are starting to recognize it. They're saying, oh, look at all the stuff that's coming out. We're losing all these authorities.

And so now understand that hyper novelty is something that we've never experienced in our lives, because we've been always living under the octopus of control by the Elohim worship cult, controlling the whole planet. And so there's always been this idea of, and I'm going to put it in quotes here, air quotes, authority, okay? The author, the creator of it, the author, that's what that means, is creator. The artist gives permission or gives validation. Okay?

So that's what authority means. It is validation by the author or validation of the author's work, et cetera. Right? But you can rely on it. And so what's happening now is that reliability, that authority is falling off to the side.

And this makes people's minds, especially those people that are intensely schooled. Okay? So the more schooling you've gone through, the more higher degree, et cetera, et cetera, the more this is going to impact you. And it's going to impact you in ways that are so subtle you may die before you recognize the effects on you. Holy crud.

Well, looks like the electrical line. People are going to be out here. There's a bunch of them that have popped off this pole and are just dangling there. Anyway, one of the cross braces broke in the winds. Oh, there's a truck down the road.

Anyway, okay. Anyway, so people that are phds and so on, they are going to do things, and then they're going to be very shocked about the response that they get. Okay, so this is kind of like Bret Weinstein. Okay? So Bret Weinstein has this.

He comes to this conclusion. It takes him three fucking years to come to the conclusion that the who, the COVID all of this shit is a depopulation agenda for tyranny. All right? So it took him all this time to come to that conclusion, and he gets on Tucker Carlson. Now bear in mind, we were talking about this in January of 2020.

Get your vitamins together. Get your shit together. This is not legit. Don't take the fucking shots.

So as an academic, he had to have authority behind him. He doesn't have faith in his own conclusions, so to speak, unless it's something that he's been schooled to think about. And so it's that schooling part of this that's going to really fuck up all of these people with the hypernobility. So Bret Weinstein gets on Tucker. He has this big interview.

He has an OD. And unfortunate for him, choice of words, which is that he was talking about how he calls it Goliath, okay? The Elohim worship cult. It's this goliath that sits on the planet. And it's not really a goliath.

It's not a giant. It's lots and lots of little, tiny, small minded psychopaths, and they're sociopaths that support them. There's a lot of the fuckers. But it's not giant. We don't have anything to fear from it.

This is not. And Weinstein's Jewish. And, I don't know, he's defaulting back to some kind of a biblical reference, right? The slaying of the giants. Now, look how ironic that is that he's an evolutionary biologist and denies the existence of giants.

He denies that there are all these other species of humans, of hominids on this planet. He won't address it because of what it does to his understanding, right? It removes authority from him when there are conflicts to the authority that he lives by. And he lives by this authority that he was taught in this school, that his mind was codified and rigidified and constrained by this method of thinking. And in the ordinary course of events in his life, it's been perfectly fine.

And he's been up on a top dog know, gaining status and superiority and all of this kind of shit. And then it all came crashing down in the cultural revolution here in Washington state. He gets thrown out of evergreen. And now he's come to this conclusion over these years that all the other people that were deinstitutionalized, okay, what he calls, I think he called them, like, original or they were able to think, right? They're self referencing in their thinking, and they were all kicked out of the institutions.

And he says, oh, well, that makes a, quote, dream team of people to fight the Goliath. Because all of these academics who are now deinstitutionalized will join up together, even though they're mainly loners. And he admits this, right? That it's the loners, the iconoclasts, that are really the free thinkers. And he says that these were kicked out of the institutions and these are all going to bind together into this group, and it's going to be a dream team for fighting Goliath.

And he got tons of shit for it. Tons of shit, right? And he does not even recognize the offense that he gave to everybody with his statement because another tree down.

So because he's making the assumption that he's still working within the academic framework. Oh, it's good that all these academics got kicked out because now they'll all band together and form some new kind of an academy and go after the Goliath. And he doesn't understand that this is the removal of authority. This is hyper novelty. We won't be doing those kind of things.

And so it just has totally missed his mind. He does not understand how he insulted everybody who's not an academic, who's been fighting for this, on this shit for all these years. So I found it very personally offensive. I don't take umbrage at it, but it is offensive because I've been fighting this shit since November 22, 1960. Fucking three.

And he's going to say that, oh, the dream team. And it's all these fucking academics. No, let us point out that none of those academics would have been deinstitutionalized had they gone their regular route and just simply been compliant. Right? They were usually compliant.

They were deep into academia. They were codified, stratified, accredited, et cetera, et cetera. And so they were like, hyper normies. And he thinks the hyper normies are going to take on Goliath. No, Britt, I'm sorry, guy.

You're just missing it totally. And then he gets on to how he sort of tried to engage and sort of tried to apologize to some of these people to clarify what he was meaning, and he still missed it. He still missed that. We're not pissed about him saying a dream team. That excludes us.

We're pissed about him saying dream team, which it does exclude us because we're not academics, but we're pissed that he fails to understand that academia is part of the problem. A lot of these fuckers that are on his dream team were quite happy to cooperate with the Elohim worship cult, the WEF. The mother wefers, and create the exact situation that we've got. Now, bear in mind that it's academics that have done all this fucking shit to us, right? All the academics that are in positions of power that created and put the spike protein onto coronavirus and did all of this.

All of these people using the. Beating us about the head with the anvil of science were all fucking academics. And he just does not grasp this, right.

He's just not a pirate kind of guy, in my opinion. He just does not have any faith in his own mental acuity outside of the level of training that he's got. And that's probably why it took him three fucking years to come to all of these conclusions.

And the conclusions missed the mark. Okay, so hyper novelty is going to be really hard on Brett. It's going to be worse on those people that are still trapped within academia because they still look to the institution as their authority. And all of these things stem from the Elohim worship cult, from us having been abused for thousands of fucking years, depending on how we interpret some of this. Well, we know for sure that the Jews have been abused for 2000 solid years under the reign of Yahweh and his ilk, right?

Lord Yahweh. And that's how they put it in the Bible. And that's how it is in the Torah, all right? It is not Yahweh, Lord God of all. It is Lord Yahweh or Colonel Yahweh, all right?

It's a rank. It's not a state of being anyway.

So all these people that are academics will have no authority. So if Bret comes and says some conclusion about some science thing. Now I'll have to, Bret, you know, all of the institutions and all of the papers, all the peer reviewed, peer reviewed is fucked too, by the way, because you allow the stupidest person in the collective to decide whether or not your paper is valid. And it's like, fuck no, it's valid or it's not. I don't need to have it reviewed by a bunch of dumb shits to see.

And also, by the way, just getting back to this real quick, we now know that all these academic institutions, especially all the gender studies and all of these fuckers are so stupid that they publish bogus papers, that there's a group out there submitting, deliberately submitting papers that are 100% bogus. All you got to do is read them and you'll see how wacky and stupid they are. And nobody ever does because they're accepted for publication just because they've got the right credentialism around them. Anyway, so Bret and all of his ilk are going to be very upset by the lack of authority. And it's going to be kind of know, the sheriff shows up or the state patrol shows up at your house and you tell them, no, I'm not going to let you arrest me.

You guys go away. You have no authority. Our governor is invalid. He was not elected. He was selected by George Soros.

And I refuse to recognize any authority from you fuckers. And you can arrest me and I will do everything I can to prevent you. And I'll take it up to the point where no one gets hurt, but I'll resist. And then after I've resisted, I will do everything in my power to gain advantage over you within our corrupted legal system by all means necessary. You have no authority.

You do not have the authority to make these demands of me or to insist on any of this stuff. I'm just not complying. So I'm a pain in the ass and I'm going to be a real problem for you fuckers anyway. So we're seeing this all over. This lack of authority is going to really hurt a lot of people in a lot of academically controlled industries.

So I've run into this with my blood work, right? So I go in and I get tested every two months and I have the blood drawn and so I can check for all these markers, right? No, it's not because I have cancer. It is because I had cancer. And I want to make sure that it's not coming back, right?

That I've got everything dialed in as best I can.

And also, people live longer if they give blood anyway, though. So seven years longer on average than the rest of your cohort. So I go in, into this phlebotomist and area here in Grace Harbor county at the hospital, and I was talking with one of the nurses, and I was talking about all the people, just made a casual reference to all the people that have died and how one third of all people that had the shots have neuropathic incidents, right? Or they develop a neuropathy, some kind of a neuro problem somewhere. And anyway, so the nurse there said, well, damn.

And he said it like this. He said, I sure hope that's not the case because I took two shots. And that's what he said. Now, on those kind of people, I just won't press. I told him, I said, in my opinion, the very next thing I said was, in my opinion, you need to be taking natokinase to clear your vessels at a bare minimum.

And you should get online and look at these protocols for getting that shit out of you. And then I just let it drop, right? Because I don't want to cause worry on this guy's mind, but he's a Normie, a deep normie, regular kind of Normie family man kind of thing. And now he's questioning his institution that he works for and the big pharma that they made him take the shot from, and he is aware of the damage. And I didn't have to bring it up.

I mean, he knew he had that attitude. He's worried about this shit. He knows that there's something wrong. And so it's coming up to the point where he will soon acknowledge that openly and will want to discuss it, because he's a proactive kind of guy, and he'll want to do things to try and remove this material from his body. So he'll want to take action.

But in order for him to take action, understand that he has to break that authority in his mind that said that that shot was safe and effective, and he works for that authority. So it's really rough on him. And we got a lot of nurses going through that. But he also had to acknowledge, 21 nurses have died in our county, okay? Because they took that fucking shot and they died in their sleep, or they were driving along and they died, whatever, right?

So 21 of them that he's aware of have kicked the bucket. They've gone to their reward by way of the Elohim worship cult. They were murdered. And so he now has to contend with this. Well, now another tree down.

So I'm seeing it around me in the normies, right? The breakdown of authority is starting on some of these normies. It's terribly, terribly hard because they work for the authority. They accepted the shot. They need to believe that it's not going to harm them, because then they've got to start taking action, and then they're going to sweat every single fucking day of the rest of their lives.

And that's the situation they're in now. Bret Weinstein's issue, okay, so this guy with hyper novelty, my nurse fellow, he's low enough and he's got enough of a focus of him just staying alive that he will start shifting his respect for authority from the assholes that made him get the shot over to his own understanding of things and start accepting more of his own conclusions. As authoritarian, so to speak. Right? As valid against any other authority.

And he'll stand up for it once he starts feeling better as a result of taking supplements and so on. So next time I go on in, I'm going to load the guy up, right? I'm just going to say, you can take it or not. I'll just leave it here. I don't give a shit.

You throw it away, I don't care. But this shit will help you. Here's the protocol. Go look this up online. And here's some of the material.

I'll give him natokinase. I'll give him some Quercetan, which is the antispike zinc ionophore. I'll make sure he's got balanced zinc with Copper in it and a couple of other items relative to getting rid of this shit, right? Anyway, so now Bret Weinstein does not have this problem. As far as we know, he didn't get the know, and they were talking against it this whole time, trying to puzzle it all out.

He and his wife are both academics, so he didn't even have the benefit of having an iconoclast in the family to come on up and jog his thinking. So they had to work through it in this stayed academic fashion of having authority behind each and every one of the steps in order that they might feel that the steps are valid, that the conclusions are valid, each point along the line. Whereas the woo people, we rely on intuitives, all right? Knowledge that has no direct source, it doesn't have an authority on the other side of it, and it's just something, you know. And so I knew I was not going to take that fucking shot, that they were trying to kill people with it.

And now even Brett says 17 million, and my thinking is closer to 35 million, all right? And there are some places where they'll acknowledge 21 million dead, but as I say, I think it's closer to 35 million. And they're dropping like mad in India now from this.

Anyway. So hyper novelty is going to hit these people because it's going to pull the rug of authority out from underneath them. The state is no authority. The government and people that Soros selects for you to vote for, to get into power, they're not authorities. They have no absolute, sure, certain knowledge.

And if you keep going back, we're now going to remove the ultimate authority, which is the Elohim. So we have the academia, because the Jews needed organizations in order to control people, and so they came up with this. So understand that the Elohim are organizational animals, right? In ways that we cannot conceive. Because these guys, these Elohim have been, they have incredibly long lives.

So their organizational structures might persist for 20 or 30,000 years, and look at how inculcated and rigidified and constrained and so forth those will be at the end of that period of time.

Um, good coffee. With the storms and stuff, it's difficult to sleep, the house shaking from the winds, that kind of thing. Anyway, so are academics lacking authority for anything? How are they going to exist? How will they function?

Well, we know that the institutions won't function. Already we're seeing signs that people are keeping their kids out of schools, right? That a lot of people said to their kids, no, I'm sorry, you're 18 and you want to go to college, you've been accepted. But I'm not letting you go because those fuckers are going to make you take this death shot. And so I know kids that were rebelling against that, right?

Terrible, terrible, sad situation, too, of woman who told her 18 year old son, no, you can't do this. And he got in his mind, oh, look, it's the shot that's preventing me from doing this. So he went and got a shot at a local pharmacy, and he was dead. Three weeks later, he's out of shape. He's in terrible shape.

I mean, he was obese, although not morbidly so, but working at it. And boy, boom, three weeks later, 21 days, he's dead. So anyway, so that fixed it right there, guys. So anyway, the colleges are going to be failing in any case, now that they're kicking the students out in order to house the invaders, we'll be shooting the invaders in the college. I actually like this idea that we're putting all of these guys, all these invaders, in centralized locations, it's just going to make it easier for us to come and get them, which we're going to do so.

And there won't be an authority of the state to tell you you can't. Right? So it's going to be just chaotic as fuck here as we go forward. There is the small possibility that we could get a major sociopolitical upset that would derail the path that we're on within the hyperspace. But all the temporal markers are lining up, supporting the forecast that my data made even as far back as 2008 or 2005.

And throughout that entire period of time, it saw the great invasion of Europe by the migrants, the data set. And it said that in Europe it's going to all start in Sweden, that they're going to go. Basically, the Swedes will go to war with the migrants. There will be deaths on both sides and the migrants, the invaders will be ultimately slaughtered and driven back. They'll be driven literally walking.

They're not going to put these guys on planes or give them cars or anything. These people will be walking to flee. This will be a little bit later in winter, but it'll still be winter conditions. They'll be walking out of Sweden. They'll have to fight their way through Norway, they'll have to fight their way down through Denmark, through Germany and so on, because these guys are going to be pushed out no matter where they go.

There's going to be a war erupting in Germany against the invaders. It's going to be chaotic as fuck, and it'll be this way for a number of years. And we're going to have that war here in the United States as well, in North America, rather, let me just put it that way. But all this is all not stemming from all participating in our period of hypernovely, where no authority will exist. And that's going to, you know, somebody pops up and says, I'm from the who, and I'm going to say, I'm armed, get the fuck off my property.

I don't accept the who as being any kind of authority, or the UN. If you're on my soil and you're wearing a Un uniform and you're carrying weapons and you have a blue helmet on, and you think you're going to impose your order, your commands on us, well, a lot of you fuckers are going to die. We're just not going to take it. We're not going to be compliant, we're not going to accept this and we're hardened. And now we know that these fuckers are trying to kill us.

This is all self evident. And now the media is no longer even able to deny a lot of this.

And we see the panic in the know. They're so afraid of Donald Trump coming back. Well, yeah, because we're going to undo their world order. The new world order is getting its shit kicked out of know Big Mike Edward Robinson Vaughn has every reason to fear. He's done lots and lots and lots of crimes.

And so all these people are, they're going to have an accounting and to a certain extent it's a good time because we will have that accounting. 2024 is going to be one of the years of justice. It's going to take us a long time, so take maybe five or ten years to work through all this shit. And in the meantime, of course, we're going to have a total lack of hierarchical authority. And so it will seem chaotic and mob driven.

And this is what really is freaking out the academics. So, like, when the mobs came for Brett Weinstein, he was apparently able to talk to some of the individuals. And that's really a stupid way to approach a mob. You just get the fuck out of the way and deal with it later when you're not at risk, right, when you're outnumbered, that way you don't stop and try and talk to your enemies to talk them down, and you're not going to be able to change those minds. And he's an idiot anyway because he lived in that culture and he didn't see it developing around him.

So his ability to have accurate conclusions and far reaching judgments based on a combination of intuition and factual on the ground knowledge is somewhat limited, in my opinion. Right. But he's a good normie for me to use as a linguistic temporal marker, because as his language changes, he is reflecting a leading edge, although it's not very leading, of academic minds. And that's what's going to be first at risk here as we go into hyper novelty, will be the undoing of all the academic minds. And we'll see.

People will hold up various different journals and such, as being, quote, authorities. It's like, fuck, there ain't no authority. These people have been lying to us for hundreds of years. Academia has no fucking credibility at all. Each and every individual study needs to be examined on all the particulars to decide where they fucked up, because most of them are fucked up.

So hypernovelty is going to hit a lot of the institutional people really fucking hard, okay? Whether they're living and working in the institution in a minor role and having to believe in the authority of the institution and its reason for existence, or whether they're deep into the academia and thinking that there is authority there, all of this shit's getting upended. It is upended. Now. It's just going to take us a long time before the normies experience this unending.

Right, this upending. Now we've a revolution going on in Ecuador again. It's a turning over of authority, and it's going to proceed all the way through. And of course, in the middle of all of this, we've got the Elohim coming back and all of the activity on the moon. There really does look like there's some kind of major war going on on the moon.

If you get out, I haven't had much opportunity for the last, like, seven days because of storms. But if you get out at night and you look at the moon and you've got a decent telescope, even it doesn't have to be a huge 400 magnifier or anything. You can see activity on the moon with, like, even the amount of magnification you get from your cell phone when you take photos. So I know people that have just snapped photos of the full moon and caught activity in the process just because of the happenstance of when they push the button to take the picture, and it's really increasing. So we're going to have this particular evolution or appearance or unfolding, a manifestation, an emergence of a non authoritarian world.

And we've never lived in that, right? None of us humans have ever lived in that world. I was born into a world where academia and authority and all of this stuff existed and has held sway all of my life. Even though I knew, and at any given point, I was aware that, well, this is horseshit, this is bullshit. This all lies.

So why are these people going along with it? And I could never understand the compliant mindset, right? So I went to one episode, one instance of Sunday school when I was a kid, we were in Germany. There was some level of benefit for being a normal person, attending all of these things. You got to do the same thing as all the other people in your organization.

And so there was some benefit for my parents to go to church and stuff. They never did. My father thought it was a bunch of horseshit anyway. And they took me to Sunday school when we were trying to do this lend in, so to speak, get accommodated in the new base, because we're going to be there for three years at least. And so we wanted to ease in anyway, so they took me to Sunday school.

They thought that would be a good idea. I was really excited. I got all dressed up, I got to wear a suit, all of this kind of shit, right? I'm a little kid, and I went on in there and probably wasn't even five minutes, and I was fighting with the fucker that was telling me this shit because he was trying to get across the idea, and he just said, no, you can't think about it. You have to accept it.

And that's when things went south anyway, so it didn't work out too well. So one exposure to religion that way, active and so on. Ever since then, I've been investigating it because I thought even as a kid, ten years old, I thought, okay, this is really screwy. Why are these people believing this shit? It's not factual.

It's fairy tales. Anyway, so under the circumstances, I'm going to do well in hyper novelty. I am my own authority. My thoughts are self referentially secure that way. So I'm not particularly worried about it.

But all kinds of people are going to come unglued because they won't have that authority and they just won't know what to do. Look at how often in your life now someone just simply complies and puts out a statement of they're doing something because of, and then they state an authority because government tells me so, blah, blah, blah, right?

So I expect this year will be the year of the great tax revolt. I expect that the IRS is going to be in a world of hurt here relative to all of this because of the situation of the authority breaking down and the hatred for what the Biden regime is doing to America, to the US. And so it's going to be a fun year. Things are just going to go crazy. This is hyper novelty.

It's going to be all these people acting out. And remember, there's about a third of the population now that was hardcore and said, no, I ain't taking your fucking shots. Get away from me. Okay? That third is already living in a hyper novel world where they don't have that authority of big pharma, government, et cetera, et cetera.

And so it's a good cadre. So I agree with Britt Weinstein that way, that we have a good group, right? We're not a team, because a team requires organization, structure, authority, someone in charge, right? We are a group. We are a self organizing collective, which means there ain't no authority.

And nobody's voice has any more weight to it than anybody else's voice. Anyway, guys, take care. I'll do some more of these later. I got to get this shit done. At least it's not quite raining on me at the moment.



Previous Blog Posts:

View me!

The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


SOC vs TEAM – 01-11-2023

SOC vs TEAM - 01-11-2023

SOC vs TEAM - 01-11-2023

Episode Summary:

"SOC vs Team" by Clif High, published on January 11, 2024, is an extensive discussion covering various topics including weather events, societal changes, the impact of authority, and significant shifts in global and individual perceptions.

Clif High begins by describing extreme weather conditions he's experienced, highlighting the intensity of storms with two inches of rain in seven and a half hours and winds up to 110 miles per hour. This personal anecdote leads into a broader discussion about societal changes, particularly focusing on the concept of "hyper novelty." High explains that this phenomenon signifies a period where traditional forms of authority and control, symbolized by the "Elohim worship cult," are losing their grip on society, leading to a radical shift in how people perceive and interact with the world around them.

He argues that individuals heavily schooled and those with higher academic achievements are likely to struggle the most during this transition. Their reliance on established authorities and institutions for validation makes them vulnerable in a world where these traditional forms of legitimacy are questioned or even dismissed. High uses Bret Weinstein, an evolutionary biologist, as an example. He describes Weinstein's slow realization and acceptance of various global issues, such as the COVID-19 pandemic being used as a tool for depopulation and tyranny, as a case of someone deeply ingrained in academic thinking having trouble adjusting to new realities.

The discussion moves towards the impact of vaccines, particularly the COVID-19 vaccine. High voices concerns about the vaccine's safety and effectiveness, mentioning personal interactions with medical professionals who are beginning to question their prior trust in big pharmaceutical companies and the healthcare system. He suggests that many of these professionals are now facing a crisis of faith in their institutions and are slowly starting to rely more on their judgment rather than external authority.

High also delves into political and social turmoil, citing unrest in various parts of the world, including Ecuador, and predicts a global shift towards rejecting traditional forms of governance and authority. He envisions a future where individuals no longer recognize or accept the legitimacy of entities like the World Health Organization (WHO) or the United Nations (UN). This prediction is part of a broader theme in his discussion, emphasizing the decline of traditional sources of authority and the rise of individual autonomy.

The narrative touches on the concept of "hypernovelty" impacting academic institutions and how they might struggle to adapt to a world where their authority is no longer taken for granted. High discusses how societal changes, such as the refusal of parents to send their children to colleges that enforce COVID-19 vaccinations, are signs of this declining trust in institutions.

Towards the end of the discussion, High shifts focus to the moon, suggesting that there is significant activity and possibly a war happening there. He encourages listeners to observe the moon with telescopes, claiming that there are visible signs of this activity. This part of the discussion adds a layer of speculative thought to his narrative, blending observable societal changes with more unconventional ideas.

In conclusion, Clif High's "SOC vs Team" is a complex tapestry of personal anecdotes, societal observations, predictions, and speculative ideas. It challenges listeners to reconsider their perceptions of authority and control, urging a move towards individual autonomy and skepticism towards traditional institutions.

#ClifHigh #HyperNovelty #Authority #Autonomy #ClifHigh #WeatherEvents #Academia #COVID19 #Vaccines #BigPharma #BretWeinstein #GlobalUnrest #SocietalShift #ElohimWorshipCult #Institutions #IndividualJudgment #WHO #UN #MoonActivity #Speculation #TraditionalGovernance #Skepticism #PoliticalTurmoil #SelfAutonomy #HealthcareSystem #CrisisOfFaith #MoonWar #ObservableChanges #SpeculativeIdeas #SocietalObservations #PersonalAnecdotes #TraditionalInstitutions #IndividualPerceptions #GlobalShift #MoonObservations #RejectingAuthority

Key Takeaways:
  • Hyper novelty is leading to a decline in traditional forms of authority and a rise in individual autonomy.
  • Clif High discusses the struggles of academics, like Bret Weinstein, in adapting to new societal realities.
  • There is a growing skepticism towards institutions like the WHO and big pharma, especially regarding COVID-19 vaccines.
  • Political and social unrest are signs of global shifts away from traditional forms of governance.
  • High speculates about significant activities and possible warfare on the moon, visible through telescopes.
  • The narrative blends personal experiences with broader societal observations, urging a reevaluation of authority.
Predictions:
  • Traditional forms of authority, like the WHO and UN, will continue to lose legitimacy and influence.
  • Academic institutions will struggle to adapt to a world where their authority is questioned.
  • Individuals will increasingly rely on their judgment rather than external authority, leading to a crisis of faith in institutions.
  • There will be a global shift towards rejecting traditional governance, evident in various parts of the world.
  • Significant events or activities on the moon may become more observable and potentially impactful to Earth.
Key Players:
  • Clif High - Author
  • Bret Weinstein - Evolutionary Biologist
  • World Health Organization (WHO)
  • United Nations (UN)
  • Elohim Worship Cult
Chat with this Episode via ChatGPT

SOC vs TEAM - 01-11-2023

Hello, humans. Hello, humans. It's January the 11th. Yeah, and it's a little after nine in the morning. Getting a late start because of the weather.

Have a lot of chores to do, too, so gonna be a long morning. Might typical shopping expedition here is 138.8 miles. My car tells me that that's round trip on all of this stuff. And that's the usual if I've got to go and do house kind of stuff, dropping off paperwork or signing or doing things like that for the county and these kind of things, it can add a lot more mileage. Anyway, so terrible storms these last few days.

The other day, we had two inches of rain in about seven and a half hours. Really flooding down. Huge winds here, 110 miles an hour in snow. Qualmy falls pass up here.

That's a lot of miles per hour for your winds. We were getting 50 and gusts of 60 down here on the coast. So it's a fierce storm heading inland. It's going to really cause problems for all the people in the midwest. If the cold comes down, you guys are going to just get dumped.

Huge pineapple Express. We have not experienced anything this fierce in these last five years. We've lived here on the coast almost six years now. So just incredible amount of rain and wind and stuff just coming down everywhere, trees all over. I had to get out and clean up the debris off the driveway just to get the cars out this morning.

And we had already had to change around schedules and stuff just because of the storms and what was going on. Anyway, so we're into this period of hyper novelty. A lot of the wu people are starting to recognize it. They're saying, oh, look at all the stuff that's coming out. We're losing all these authorities.

And so now understand that hyper novelty is something that we've never experienced in our lives, because we've been always living under the octopus of control by the Elohim worship cult, controlling the whole planet. And so there's always been this idea of, and I'm going to put it in quotes here, air quotes, authority, okay? The author, the creator of it, the author, that's what that means, is creator. The artist gives permission or gives validation. Okay?

So that's what authority means. It is validation by the author or validation of the author's work, et cetera. Right? But you can rely on it. And so what's happening now is that reliability, that authority is falling off to the side.

And this makes people's minds, especially those people that are intensely schooled. Okay? So the more schooling you've gone through, the more higher degree, et cetera, et cetera, the more this is going to impact you. And it's going to impact you in ways that are so subtle you may die before you recognize the effects on you. Holy crud.

Well, looks like the electrical line. People are going to be out here. There's a bunch of them that have popped off this pole and are just dangling there. Anyway, one of the cross braces broke in the winds. Oh, there's a truck down the road.

Anyway, okay. Anyway, so people that are phds and so on, they are going to do things, and then they're going to be very shocked about the response that they get. Okay, so this is kind of like Bret Weinstein. Okay? So Bret Weinstein has this.

He comes to this conclusion. It takes him three fucking years to come to the conclusion that the who, the COVID all of this shit is a depopulation agenda for tyranny. All right? So it took him all this time to come to that conclusion, and he gets on Tucker Carlson. Now bear in mind, we were talking about this in January of 2020.

Get your vitamins together. Get your shit together. This is not legit. Don't take the fucking shots.

So as an academic, he had to have authority behind him. He doesn't have faith in his own conclusions, so to speak, unless it's something that he's been schooled to think about. And so it's that schooling part of this that's going to really fuck up all of these people with the hypernobility. So Bret Weinstein gets on Tucker. He has this big interview.

He has an OD. And unfortunate for him, choice of words, which is that he was talking about how he calls it Goliath, okay? The Elohim worship cult. It's this goliath that sits on the planet. And it's not really a goliath.

It's not a giant. It's lots and lots of little, tiny, small minded psychopaths, and they're sociopaths that support them. There's a lot of the fuckers. But it's not giant. We don't have anything to fear from it.

This is not. And Weinstein's Jewish. And, I don't know, he's defaulting back to some kind of a biblical reference, right? The slaying of the giants. Now, look how ironic that is that he's an evolutionary biologist and denies the existence of giants.

He denies that there are all these other species of humans, of hominids on this planet. He won't address it because of what it does to his understanding, right? It removes authority from him when there are conflicts to the authority that he lives by. And he lives by this authority that he was taught in this school, that his mind was codified and rigidified and constrained by this method of thinking. And in the ordinary course of events in his life, it's been perfectly fine.

And he's been up on a top dog know, gaining status and superiority and all of this kind of shit. And then it all came crashing down in the cultural revolution here in Washington state. He gets thrown out of evergreen. And now he's come to this conclusion over these years that all the other people that were deinstitutionalized, okay, what he calls, I think he called them, like, original or they were able to think, right? They're self referencing in their thinking, and they were all kicked out of the institutions.

And he says, oh, well, that makes a, quote, dream team of people to fight the Goliath. Because all of these academics who are now deinstitutionalized will join up together, even though they're mainly loners. And he admits this, right? That it's the loners, the iconoclasts, that are really the free thinkers. And he says that these were kicked out of the institutions and these are all going to bind together into this group, and it's going to be a dream team for fighting Goliath.

And he got tons of shit for it. Tons of shit, right? And he does not even recognize the offense that he gave to everybody with his statement because another tree down.

So because he's making the assumption that he's still working within the academic framework. Oh, it's good that all these academics got kicked out because now they'll all band together and form some new kind of an academy and go after the Goliath. And he doesn't understand that this is the removal of authority. This is hyper novelty. We won't be doing those kind of things.

And so it just has totally missed his mind. He does not understand how he insulted everybody who's not an academic, who's been fighting for this, on this shit for all these years. So I found it very personally offensive. I don't take umbrage at it, but it is offensive because I've been fighting this shit since November 22, 1960. Fucking three.

And he's going to say that, oh, the dream team. And it's all these fucking academics. No, let us point out that none of those academics would have been deinstitutionalized had they gone their regular route and just simply been compliant. Right? They were usually compliant.

They were deep into academia. They were codified, stratified, accredited, et cetera, et cetera. And so they were like, hyper normies. And he thinks the hyper normies are going to take on Goliath. No, Britt, I'm sorry, guy.

You're just missing it totally. And then he gets on to how he sort of tried to engage and sort of tried to apologize to some of these people to clarify what he was meaning, and he still missed it. He still missed that. We're not pissed about him saying a dream team. That excludes us.

We're pissed about him saying dream team, which it does exclude us because we're not academics, but we're pissed that he fails to understand that academia is part of the problem. A lot of these fuckers that are on his dream team were quite happy to cooperate with the Elohim worship cult, the WEF. The mother wefers, and create the exact situation that we've got. Now, bear in mind that it's academics that have done all this fucking shit to us, right? All the academics that are in positions of power that created and put the spike protein onto coronavirus and did all of this.

All of these people using the. Beating us about the head with the anvil of science were all fucking academics. And he just does not grasp this, right.

He's just not a pirate kind of guy, in my opinion. He just does not have any faith in his own mental acuity outside of the level of training that he's got. And that's probably why it took him three fucking years to come to all of these conclusions.

And the conclusions missed the mark. Okay, so hyper novelty is going to be really hard on Brett. It's going to be worse on those people that are still trapped within academia because they still look to the institution as their authority. And all of these things stem from the Elohim worship cult, from us having been abused for thousands of fucking years, depending on how we interpret some of this. Well, we know for sure that the Jews have been abused for 2000 solid years under the reign of Yahweh and his ilk, right?

Lord Yahweh. And that's how they put it in the Bible. And that's how it is in the Torah, all right? It is not Yahweh, Lord God of all. It is Lord Yahweh or Colonel Yahweh, all right?

It's a rank. It's not a state of being anyway.

So all these people that are academics will have no authority. So if Bret comes and says some conclusion about some science thing. Now I'll have to, Bret, you know, all of the institutions and all of the papers, all the peer reviewed, peer reviewed is fucked too, by the way, because you allow the stupidest person in the collective to decide whether or not your paper is valid. And it's like, fuck no, it's valid or it's not. I don't need to have it reviewed by a bunch of dumb shits to see.

And also, by the way, just getting back to this real quick, we now know that all these academic institutions, especially all the gender studies and all of these fuckers are so stupid that they publish bogus papers, that there's a group out there submitting, deliberately submitting papers that are 100% bogus. All you got to do is read them and you'll see how wacky and stupid they are. And nobody ever does because they're accepted for publication just because they've got the right credentialism around them. Anyway, so Bret and all of his ilk are going to be very upset by the lack of authority. And it's going to be kind of know, the sheriff shows up or the state patrol shows up at your house and you tell them, no, I'm not going to let you arrest me.

You guys go away. You have no authority. Our governor is invalid. He was not elected. He was selected by George Soros.

And I refuse to recognize any authority from you fuckers. And you can arrest me and I will do everything I can to prevent you. And I'll take it up to the point where no one gets hurt, but I'll resist. And then after I've resisted, I will do everything in my power to gain advantage over you within our corrupted legal system by all means necessary. You have no authority.

You do not have the authority to make these demands of me or to insist on any of this stuff. I'm just not complying. So I'm a pain in the ass and I'm going to be a real problem for you fuckers anyway. So we're seeing this all over. This lack of authority is going to really hurt a lot of people in a lot of academically controlled industries.

So I've run into this with my blood work, right? So I go in and I get tested every two months and I have the blood drawn and so I can check for all these markers, right? No, it's not because I have cancer. It is because I had cancer. And I want to make sure that it's not coming back, right?

That I've got everything dialed in as best I can.

And also, people live longer if they give blood anyway, though. So seven years longer on average than the rest of your cohort. So I go in, into this phlebotomist and area here in Grace Harbor county at the hospital, and I was talking with one of the nurses, and I was talking about all the people, just made a casual reference to all the people that have died and how one third of all people that had the shots have neuropathic incidents, right? Or they develop a neuropathy, some kind of a neuro problem somewhere. And anyway, so the nurse there said, well, damn.

And he said it like this. He said, I sure hope that's not the case because I took two shots. And that's what he said. Now, on those kind of people, I just won't press. I told him, I said, in my opinion, the very next thing I said was, in my opinion, you need to be taking natokinase to clear your vessels at a bare minimum.

And you should get online and look at these protocols for getting that shit out of you. And then I just let it drop, right? Because I don't want to cause worry on this guy's mind, but he's a Normie, a deep normie, regular kind of Normie family man kind of thing. And now he's questioning his institution that he works for and the big pharma that they made him take the shot from, and he is aware of the damage. And I didn't have to bring it up.

I mean, he knew he had that attitude. He's worried about this shit. He knows that there's something wrong. And so it's coming up to the point where he will soon acknowledge that openly and will want to discuss it, because he's a proactive kind of guy, and he'll want to do things to try and remove this material from his body. So he'll want to take action.

But in order for him to take action, understand that he has to break that authority in his mind that said that that shot was safe and effective, and he works for that authority. So it's really rough on him. And we got a lot of nurses going through that. But he also had to acknowledge, 21 nurses have died in our county, okay? Because they took that fucking shot and they died in their sleep, or they were driving along and they died, whatever, right?

So 21 of them that he's aware of have kicked the bucket. They've gone to their reward by way of the Elohim worship cult. They were murdered. And so he now has to contend with this. Well, now another tree down.

So I'm seeing it around me in the normies, right? The breakdown of authority is starting on some of these normies. It's terribly, terribly hard because they work for the authority. They accepted the shot. They need to believe that it's not going to harm them, because then they've got to start taking action, and then they're going to sweat every single fucking day of the rest of their lives.

And that's the situation they're in now. Bret Weinstein's issue, okay, so this guy with hyper novelty, my nurse fellow, he's low enough and he's got enough of a focus of him just staying alive that he will start shifting his respect for authority from the assholes that made him get the shot over to his own understanding of things and start accepting more of his own conclusions. As authoritarian, so to speak. Right? As valid against any other authority.

And he'll stand up for it once he starts feeling better as a result of taking supplements and so on. So next time I go on in, I'm going to load the guy up, right? I'm just going to say, you can take it or not. I'll just leave it here. I don't give a shit.

You throw it away, I don't care. But this shit will help you. Here's the protocol. Go look this up online. And here's some of the material.

I'll give him natokinase. I'll give him some Quercetan, which is the antispike zinc ionophore. I'll make sure he's got balanced zinc with Copper in it and a couple of other items relative to getting rid of this shit, right? Anyway, so now Bret Weinstein does not have this problem. As far as we know, he didn't get the know, and they were talking against it this whole time, trying to puzzle it all out.

He and his wife are both academics, so he didn't even have the benefit of having an iconoclast in the family to come on up and jog his thinking. So they had to work through it in this stayed academic fashion of having authority behind each and every one of the steps in order that they might feel that the steps are valid, that the conclusions are valid, each point along the line. Whereas the woo people, we rely on intuitives, all right? Knowledge that has no direct source, it doesn't have an authority on the other side of it, and it's just something, you know. And so I knew I was not going to take that fucking shot, that they were trying to kill people with it.

And now even Brett says 17 million, and my thinking is closer to 35 million, all right? And there are some places where they'll acknowledge 21 million dead, but as I say, I think it's closer to 35 million. And they're dropping like mad in India now from this.

Anyway. So hyper novelty is going to hit these people because it's going to pull the rug of authority out from underneath them. The state is no authority. The government and people that Soros selects for you to vote for, to get into power, they're not authorities. They have no absolute, sure, certain knowledge.

And if you keep going back, we're now going to remove the ultimate authority, which is the Elohim. So we have the academia, because the Jews needed organizations in order to control people, and so they came up with this. So understand that the Elohim are organizational animals, right? In ways that we cannot conceive. Because these guys, these Elohim have been, they have incredibly long lives.

So their organizational structures might persist for 20 or 30,000 years, and look at how inculcated and rigidified and constrained and so forth those will be at the end of that period of time.

Um, good coffee. With the storms and stuff, it's difficult to sleep, the house shaking from the winds, that kind of thing. Anyway, so are academics lacking authority for anything? How are they going to exist? How will they function?

Well, we know that the institutions won't function. Already we're seeing signs that people are keeping their kids out of schools, right? That a lot of people said to their kids, no, I'm sorry, you're 18 and you want to go to college, you've been accepted. But I'm not letting you go because those fuckers are going to make you take this death shot. And so I know kids that were rebelling against that, right?

Terrible, terrible, sad situation, too, of woman who told her 18 year old son, no, you can't do this. And he got in his mind, oh, look, it's the shot that's preventing me from doing this. So he went and got a shot at a local pharmacy, and he was dead. Three weeks later, he's out of shape. He's in terrible shape.

I mean, he was obese, although not morbidly so, but working at it. And boy, boom, three weeks later, 21 days, he's dead. So anyway, so that fixed it right there, guys. So anyway, the colleges are going to be failing in any case, now that they're kicking the students out in order to house the invaders, we'll be shooting the invaders in the college. I actually like this idea that we're putting all of these guys, all these invaders, in centralized locations, it's just going to make it easier for us to come and get them, which we're going to do so.

And there won't be an authority of the state to tell you you can't. Right? So it's going to be just chaotic as fuck here as we go forward. There is the small possibility that we could get a major sociopolitical upset that would derail the path that we're on within the hyperspace. But all the temporal markers are lining up, supporting the forecast that my data made even as far back as 2008 or 2005.

And throughout that entire period of time, it saw the great invasion of Europe by the migrants, the data set. And it said that in Europe it's going to all start in Sweden, that they're going to go. Basically, the Swedes will go to war with the migrants. There will be deaths on both sides and the migrants, the invaders will be ultimately slaughtered and driven back. They'll be driven literally walking.

They're not going to put these guys on planes or give them cars or anything. These people will be walking to flee. This will be a little bit later in winter, but it'll still be winter conditions. They'll be walking out of Sweden. They'll have to fight their way through Norway, they'll have to fight their way down through Denmark, through Germany and so on, because these guys are going to be pushed out no matter where they go.

There's going to be a war erupting in Germany against the invaders. It's going to be chaotic as fuck, and it'll be this way for a number of years. And we're going to have that war here in the United States as well, in North America, rather, let me just put it that way. But all this is all not stemming from all participating in our period of hypernovely, where no authority will exist. And that's going to, you know, somebody pops up and says, I'm from the who, and I'm going to say, I'm armed, get the fuck off my property.

I don't accept the who as being any kind of authority, or the UN. If you're on my soil and you're wearing a Un uniform and you're carrying weapons and you have a blue helmet on, and you think you're going to impose your order, your commands on us, well, a lot of you fuckers are going to die. We're just not going to take it. We're not going to be compliant, we're not going to accept this and we're hardened. And now we know that these fuckers are trying to kill us.

This is all self evident. And now the media is no longer even able to deny a lot of this.

And we see the panic in the know. They're so afraid of Donald Trump coming back. Well, yeah, because we're going to undo their world order. The new world order is getting its shit kicked out of know Big Mike Edward Robinson Vaughn has every reason to fear. He's done lots and lots and lots of crimes.

And so all these people are, they're going to have an accounting and to a certain extent it's a good time because we will have that accounting. 2024 is going to be one of the years of justice. It's going to take us a long time, so take maybe five or ten years to work through all this shit. And in the meantime, of course, we're going to have a total lack of hierarchical authority. And so it will seem chaotic and mob driven.

And this is what really is freaking out the academics. So, like, when the mobs came for Brett Weinstein, he was apparently able to talk to some of the individuals. And that's really a stupid way to approach a mob. You just get the fuck out of the way and deal with it later when you're not at risk, right, when you're outnumbered, that way you don't stop and try and talk to your enemies to talk them down, and you're not going to be able to change those minds. And he's an idiot anyway because he lived in that culture and he didn't see it developing around him.

So his ability to have accurate conclusions and far reaching judgments based on a combination of intuition and factual on the ground knowledge is somewhat limited, in my opinion. Right. But he's a good normie for me to use as a linguistic temporal marker, because as his language changes, he is reflecting a leading edge, although it's not very leading, of academic minds. And that's what's going to be first at risk here as we go into hyper novelty, will be the undoing of all the academic minds. And we'll see.

People will hold up various different journals and such, as being, quote, authorities. It's like, fuck, there ain't no authority. These people have been lying to us for hundreds of years. Academia has no fucking credibility at all. Each and every individual study needs to be examined on all the particulars to decide where they fucked up, because most of them are fucked up.

So hypernovelty is going to hit a lot of the institutional people really fucking hard, okay? Whether they're living and working in the institution in a minor role and having to believe in the authority of the institution and its reason for existence, or whether they're deep into the academia and thinking that there is authority there, all of this shit's getting upended. It is upended. Now. It's just going to take us a long time before the normies experience this unending.

Right, this upending. Now we've a revolution going on in Ecuador again. It's a turning over of authority, and it's going to proceed all the way through. And of course, in the middle of all of this, we've got the Elohim coming back and all of the activity on the moon. There really does look like there's some kind of major war going on on the moon.

If you get out, I haven't had much opportunity for the last, like, seven days because of storms. But if you get out at night and you look at the moon and you've got a decent telescope, even it doesn't have to be a huge 400 magnifier or anything. You can see activity on the moon with, like, even the amount of magnification you get from your cell phone when you take photos. So I know people that have just snapped photos of the full moon and caught activity in the process just because of the happenstance of when they push the button to take the picture, and it's really increasing. So we're going to have this particular evolution or appearance or unfolding, a manifestation, an emergence of a non authoritarian world.

And we've never lived in that, right? None of us humans have ever lived in that world. I was born into a world where academia and authority and all of this stuff existed and has held sway all of my life. Even though I knew, and at any given point, I was aware that, well, this is horseshit, this is bullshit. This all lies.

So why are these people going along with it? And I could never understand the compliant mindset, right? So I went to one episode, one instance of Sunday school when I was a kid, we were in Germany. There was some level of benefit for being a normal person, attending all of these things. You got to do the same thing as all the other people in your organization.

And so there was some benefit for my parents to go to church and stuff. They never did. My father thought it was a bunch of horseshit anyway. And they took me to Sunday school when we were trying to do this lend in, so to speak, get accommodated in the new base, because we're going to be there for three years at least. And so we wanted to ease in anyway, so they took me to Sunday school.

They thought that would be a good idea. I was really excited. I got all dressed up, I got to wear a suit, all of this kind of shit, right? I'm a little kid, and I went on in there and probably wasn't even five minutes, and I was fighting with the fucker that was telling me this shit because he was trying to get across the idea, and he just said, no, you can't think about it. You have to accept it.

And that's when things went south anyway, so it didn't work out too well. So one exposure to religion that way, active and so on. Ever since then, I've been investigating it because I thought even as a kid, ten years old, I thought, okay, this is really screwy. Why are these people believing this shit? It's not factual.

It's fairy tales. Anyway, so under the circumstances, I'm going to do well in hyper novelty. I am my own authority. My thoughts are self referentially secure that way. So I'm not particularly worried about it.

But all kinds of people are going to come unglued because they won't have that authority and they just won't know what to do. Look at how often in your life now someone just simply complies and puts out a statement of they're doing something because of, and then they state an authority because government tells me so, blah, blah, blah, right?

So I expect this year will be the year of the great tax revolt. I expect that the IRS is going to be in a world of hurt here relative to all of this because of the situation of the authority breaking down and the hatred for what the Biden regime is doing to America, to the US. And so it's going to be a fun year. Things are just going to go crazy. This is hyper novelty.

It's going to be all these people acting out. And remember, there's about a third of the population now that was hardcore and said, no, I ain't taking your fucking shots. Get away from me. Okay? That third is already living in a hyper novel world where they don't have that authority of big pharma, government, et cetera, et cetera.

And so it's a good cadre. So I agree with Britt Weinstein that way, that we have a good group, right? We're not a team, because a team requires organization, structure, authority, someone in charge, right? We are a group. We are a self organizing collective, which means there ain't no authority.

And nobody's voice has any more weight to it than anybody else's voice. Anyway, guys, take care. I'll do some more of these later. I got to get this shit done. At least it's not quite raining on me at the moment.


View me!

The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


Ep. 46 The Alex Jones Interview

Ep. 46 The Alex Jones Interview

Ep. 46 The Alex Jones Interview

Episode Summary:

In this interview, Tucker Carlson and Alex Jones discuss various controversial topics, starting with Alex Jones' characterization as the most censored man in America. Jones is portrayed as a figure who has been demonized by the ruling class and mainstream media for his unorthodox opinions. He is credited with making several accurate predictions about significant events, suggesting a spiritual sensitivity or deep understanding of global agendas.

The interview touches on the censorship of Jones, his influence on military and intelligence communities, and the backlash he has faced. Jones criticizes the policies and actions of big tech companies, the government, and various organizations, arguing that there is a concerted effort to suppress certain viewpoints and control the narrative.

Jones delves into various conspiracy theories, including those about global elites, the New World Order, and the depopulation agenda. He argues that these groups are orchestrating a systematic breakdown of society to establish a new world order characterized by draconian control and suppression of freedom.

The conversation also explores the political dynamics in the United States, focusing on race and identity politics. Jones criticizes the current political discourse, accusing the left of exacerbating racial tensions for political gain. He asserts that there is a global conspiracy involving the UN, World Economic Forum, and other entities to undermine national sovereignty and individual freedoms.

The interview covers the impact of global policies on the economy, society, and individual freedoms, with Jones warning of impending crises and societal collapse orchestrated by global elites. He emphasizes the need for resistance and awareness to counter these developments.

Throughout the interview, Jones presents a dystopian view of the future, where individual freedoms are eroded, and society is controlled by a small group of elites. His narrative is filled with controversial and unverified claims, reflecting his deep distrust of mainstream narratives and institutions.

#AlexJones #Censorship #Conspiracy #NewWorldOrder #GlobalElites #Depopulation #IdentityPolitics #UN #WorldEconomicForum #NationalSovereignty #Freedom #Dystopia #Resistance #Awareness #MainstreamMedia #BigTech #GovernmentControl #RacePolitics #SocietalCollapse #FuturesWarning #PoliticalDynamics #USA #IndividualFreedoms #EconomicImpact #SocietyControl #Elites #Distrust #Institutions #TuckerCarlson #Interview #Controversy #UnverifiedClaims #DistrustMainstream #AwarenessNeed

Key Takeaways:
  • Alex Jones is portrayed as the most censored individual in America, facing backlash for his unorthodox views.
  • Jones has made several accurate predictions, suggesting an in-depth understanding of global events.
  • He criticizes the efforts of tech companies and governments to suppress freedom of speech and manipulate narratives.
  • Jones delves into conspiracy theories, highlighting a global elite's agenda to control society and erode individual freedoms.
  • The interview covers the impact of global policies on society, economy, and individual liberties.
  • Jones emphasizes the need for resistance and awareness against the manipulative tactics of global elites and institutions.
Predictions:
  • Jones predicts societal collapse orchestrated by global elites as part of a New World Order agenda.
  • He foresees a future where individual freedoms are significantly restricted, and society is under tight control.
  • Jones warns of impending crises, including economic collapse and societal upheavals, as part of a global conspiracy.
  • He anticipates increased censorship and suppression of dissenting voices.
Chat with this Episode via ChatGPT

Ep. 46 The Alex Jones Interview

We're here with the world's most dangerous man, the most censored man in the english language. But honestly, when you get him in front of an outhouse in the woods, he doesn't seem so dangerous. So fancy outhouse. We have a ruling class in the United States defined by its hatreds. Not its loves, not its hopes, but by its hatreds.

They hate all kinds of people, large groups of people. The deplorables, the bitter clingers. America's entire blue collar population, the unfashionable people. They're hated by the people who run our country. But no one is hated more by them than a man called Alex Jones.

Alex Jones is the single most censored man in all american history. He was the first media figure in our history to be completely erased in one day. Deplatformed. Alex Jones was deplatformed before it was a common term. And not just deplatformed.

Sued, attacked. They attempted to criminally charge him. What did Alex Jones do wrong? Alex Jones didn't rape anybody. He didn't loot Macy's.

He didn't burn a police station. He didn't invent a fake cryptocurrency and loot pension funds. He didn't start a pointless war that made this country poorer and more disorganized. He didn't open the southern border. No.

Alex Jones had opinions that deeply ratled the people who run America. In fact, rattled a lot of us. And I'll just confess that I first heard of Alex Jones when he questioned the official story behind 911. And I, speaking for myself, was deeply offended by this. I didn't take any time to find out what he was saying, but I was bothered by the idea that this defining event in american history, which changed the life of everyone who lived here then, might not actually have unfolded as we were told it did.

And that possibility was too destabilizing. And I remember feeling resentment toward Alex Jones for saying that. But several years later, I went up in Austin, Texas, and through a chain of circumstances, wound up meeting Alex Jones. And I learned what everyone who has met him now knows, which is Alex Jones is not a crazy person. Alex Jones has said pretty far out things on tv from time to time.

Not that far out. He hasn't said men can become women or Ukraine is a democracy, but within the bounds of, say, cable news, pretty far out. But fundamentally, Alex Jones is right about a lot of things. And, in fact, that's why they don't like him. Alex Jones has an uncanny, really an amazing ability to predict events before they happen.

He has called it and he's done it on tape again and again to the point where it's a meme on the Internet. Alex Jones, Prophet, not conspiracy nut profit. But when you dig into Alex Jones's predictions, they are so spot on that it's remarkable. How does he do this? We're guessing there's a kind of spiritual sensitivity to Alex Jones.

Maybe that's his secret. He was displaying this years before the average person in this country even thought about matters like that. Now it's pretty obvious to most people that the current war going on in this country is taking place in ways you can't see it most of the time. But ten years ago, people were not thinking that way. Alex Jones was.

And so we thought it'd be interesting to sit down and talk to Alex Jones, the man. He joins us now in our studio. Alex Jones, thank you. Wow. Tucker, it's great to be here.

Amazing studios, amazing, I mean, and amazing people. And this is really going to be, I think, a historic interview. So thanks for having me. Well, I'm really grateful to be able to do it. And it's one of the great blessings of my life and of my job is that I've been able to meet people that I've had preconceptions about and sometimes find those preconceptions bolstered and in other cases demolished.

And you're definitely in the second category. So I want, for people who've made it this far, the people around the country have really succeeded in making you disreputable. And the whole point, of course, is people won't listen to you. So we thought it'd be interesting to start with a series of on tape predictions that you made, some of which are so precise and so prescient that it makes the hair on my arms stand up. And I'm being sincere.

And our viewers are about to see what I'm talking about. Here is a list of things that you called ahead of time. By the middle of September that the new policy is being written, you will all have to wear mask again, and so will airport employees. It's happening. Mask mandates are officially back.

We know the joint Chiefs of Staff wanted to blow up airliners. Baltimore sun. Or if you let some terrorist group drew it like the World Trade center, we know who to blame. And if there was an outside threat, like a bin Laden who was a known CIA asset in the 80s, this group and its leader person named Osama bin Laden, he's the boogeyman they need. We're looking at a giant war in February right now, I predict the Russians are going to roll in.

They're already there. They're going to roll in with attacks across Ukraine, which is the size of Texas. It really was the Iraqis. That's just because they're getting ready to invade Iraq. What a beautiful setup.

Those 911 clips are crazy. I'm actually bothered by the precision of them. I'm not accusing you of being behind 911, but how could you, in July of 2001, call that you said they're going to have airliners fly into the World Trade center and they're going to blame a guy called a sum of a lot. Now, leaving aside what actually happened, how could you have known that? Well, in the longer clips, it's a multi hour show from July 25, 2001.

I specifically walked through all the reasons and I knew that they were hyping up that we were about to be hit by Osama bin Laden. I knew that the World Trade center had been attacked the first time and that the Fed's been involved helping cook the bomb and allowing it to go forward. And I just saw a lot of the pre programming that was happening in the media. They were on the news saying, life's about to change in America. And I was reading what the Rand Corporation was saying and what the Pentagon was putting out.

And I read the PNAC document from a year before rebuilding America's defenses that Dick Cheney had helped write. And it said, we need a Pearl harbor event on the american homeland to be able to bring in this police state and this control and then expand the american empire worldwide. So hundreds of pieces of data, hundreds of pieces of data went into that prediction. But terrorists are going to hit the World Trade center in July of 2001. I lived in the United States then.

That was the last thing on my mind. And I lived in Washington. I know the guys who wrote the pnEAc document because I shared an office with them. So I was more informed than the average person. And that was the last thing that crossed my mind.

In the summer of 2001, like everyone else, I thought it was a Cessna. But how convinced were you that this was going to happen? I was completely convinced. In fact, in the full clip of it's online. You can find it on Twitter and other places.

It has been removed. I explained to people that they need to call the White House and tell the White House, we know if you allow these attacks that you're basically allowing it to happen. And it was similar to all the data we had. When I. You said that on your show, on my show.

And I gave the number out so people could actually call the White House. And then going back to October of last year, when the Russians went into Ukraine, I specifically said, I think they'll go in by the end of February. And there was a lot of data that went into that. And then they specifically did go in on February 24. And so I was able to make that prediction as well.

But there was a lot of data and information that went into it. Sure. For the record, I miscalled that completely. I didn't think they were going to do it. You were right, I was wrong, not for the first time.

But the 911 thing, I remember that really well. Nobody was thinking like that. So you called it in public, on tape, did the 911 commission. So if I'm the FBI and I'm investigating 911, you're like the first guy I would call, because you're the only person who said that out loud. Did they call you?

No, they didn't. But my most accurate prediction going back over a decade was when I read the Rockefeller foundation operation Lockstep, and they described using a virus to bring in world government, to bring in a world medical id that they would then build the social credit score off of, and that they would make people wear masks for fear, and that they would shut down sporting events and things like that and basically phase in this new tyranny. So I was also able to specifically make that prediction over and over and over again because I was going off their own battle plans. Are you the only person in media who actually reads these reports? I don't think a lot of people do read them, but I do read them.

I mean, I'm currently reading MIT reports from their top council's Pentagon reports. They have a working group called the Mad Scientist Group at the Pentagon that works with MIT. And if you go watch their hour long, two hour long, three hour long meetings they have on YouTube with all the top, I mean, we're talking hundreds of top scientists. They admit that they're building a post human world, that soon everyone's going to be mind controlled, that they're going to put smart dust in our foods that they can electromagnetically control, and they just lay it all out right there. And I've learned what these people said in the 50s they would do were done by the 70s, what they said their plan was in the 70s.

For the 90s, they got done. And then when they had their agenda 21 in Rio de Janeiro in 1992, the big un summit, they described everything they would do up until the year 2000. And they got almost all of that done. And now they've got agenda 2030, and we're going to ban your gas stoves. We're going to ban beef, we're going to ban single family dwellings.

We're going to ban private ownership of cars. We're going to do all this. And now you see them rolling it all out. So I'm not really making predictions. In these high level World Economic Forum and other large think tank groups, they are laying out the future and they're high priests of the World Economic forum.

That's a consortium of all these groups. You've all know Harari. You can read his quotes. The future is not human. The human era is over.

The public is useless. I mean, this is a very anti human system. So that's how I'm able to make predictions because they've given us a roadmap. They tell us where they want to take us. And so when the public wakes up, we push back on some of it, but they always come back.

And so I'm just following the trajectory of where they say they want to take us. And there were a lot of white papers, not just the PNAC document from 2000, a year before 911, where they describe, we really need big terror attacks, we really need Pearl harbor events to get Americans to give up their rights. I mean, take what just happened in Israel. Totally tragic. My heart goes out to all that.

But been killed or lost, loved ones or been injured, but there's no way that one of the best intelligence agencies in the world didn't know that was coming. The massive build up, the 5000 missiles, the paragliding attacks, all of that. There was clearly a stand down there. And now the west will take more of the people's rights. Israel will be able to crack down and take more of their people's rights, which is a big debate over there.

Hamas is being funded by Hezbollah, which is Iran. We just had biden a month ago give $6 billion to Iran, and now the mulas are bragging that they were behind the attack, Hezbollah funding Hamas. So really those aren't even predictions. It's clear that Hezbollah and Hamas have tens of thousands of men and women as sleeper cells that are, quote, other than mexican, that the border patrol list every month, tens of thousands coming across the Texas and Arizona and California sectors. And it's an easy equation to predict that there's a wide probability that Hezbollah and Hamas at some point are going to attack sports stadiums, they're going to attack colleges, they're going to attack synagogues, they're going to shoot up mass gatherings if they're given the order by Iran, if we go to war with Iran.

And then when this happens, our government won't get in trouble for dissolving the border and letting these people come in. Just like on 911, our government clearly had prior knowledge. There was clearly a major standdown that went on, and the government got more power, more control. And now they're not pointing the homeland security apparatus at the Russians like they did in the cold war or the Islamicists after 911. Now they admit that their main focus is christian conservatives and the bitter clingers and the people that live in rural America, white people.

I mean, it says that in the report are the main terror threat. And so this whole apparatus of the war on terror has now been turned inwardly against the people, not just here, but also in Europe, where if someone criticizes transgenderism in the UK, they come to their house and arrest them. If a journalist does that, they come to their house and arrest them. If somebody says, I think these surveillance cameras should start getting cut down, they come to their house and they arrest them for their free speech. And so this is a global movement by the megacorporations, by the blackrocks and the state streets and the vanguards that control 80 plus percent of world wealth to control our behavior.

And Larry Fink of Blackrock has said that today most repeatedly, we're going to use our control over all this finance and this global social credit score we're rolling out to control people's behavior. So that's really what this is. And then they use the threat of global warming, they use the threat of a virus, they use the threat of radical Islam to take our rights. But we really are the target. Even if I, by the way, none of that seems implausible at this point.

I mean, just you're a measure of how the world has changed. If you'd said this to me 15 years ago, I'd have been like, someone's a crackpot, and it's not me. And now, after Covid, nothing you said seems crazy at all. I mean, you may be right, you may be wrong, but it's not out of the realm of possibility, obviously. But even if I disagree with what you just said, I would think that's pretty interesting.

It's interesting perspective. Why do you think you've committed no crime? You'd be in jail if you had. Why do you think they hate you so much?

Because I do read their documents and I do read their books. And we were effectively getting a lot of people in the military and the intelligence agencies who were compartmentalized and who tuned into my show and saw my films and read my books and things, and they clicked with it and said, wow, I see all this going on around me. He's not lying about it. And then I would give them other pieces that I discovered or my other guests had discovered. And so it was giving them an operational awareness outside of their compartmentalization.

And so we had massive success in the military, in the police, and in the intelligence agencies, not just here, but around the world. Our penetration into those areas to help people expand their awareness that were inside the government, inside corporations, was triggering a lot of whistleblowers, was triggering a lot of people not going along with the program. And so really, my sin was decompartmentalization of the population when you got deplatformed. And to this day, no one has ever been more aggressively censored, I don't think, than you. I've apologized to this in person before.

I was in Labrador on a fishing trip and missed the entire thing. I was literally out of cell range. I didn't know what happened, but I got back and I read about it. I felt like it was a major moment in the history of the american media. I don't think anybody defended you when that happened, anybody with any kind of audience.

For me, when Tim Cook admitted that he met on the weekend in August of 2017 with the other big tech heads, and they made the decision to curate like it's a museum and take me off, it was hundreds of platforms. I mean, it wasn't just all the big ones. It was everything from LinkedIn to our bank accounts being taken away, to everything ensuing that week and over the next month. And I knew that I was a test case, and I wasn't taken off those platforms for any demonstrable reason. It was the questioning, the school shooting thing that came later.

They went and kind of dredged that up from my past. Just questioning it a few times, blew that up after I'd been deplatformed and said I was deplatformed for that. But if you check the record, I wasn't. Once they deplatformed me, it made the show in ways only get bigger, with people actually going to infowars.com and finding me on local radio stations and things. So then they panic and said, okay, let's look at his record and create more of a reason that he's being taken off.

So they took things out of context from five, six years before, blew them up as a current thing out of context. And deceptively reported on what I'd said to create a straw man argument to then facilitate the reason. What's so crazy is, if you asked just a cross section of Americans who's responsible for the Sandy Hook massacre of kids at the school, no one remembers the name of the murderer. Adam Lanza. Okay, thank you.

I didn't remember. Alex Jones. They effectively blamed you for a school shooting that you were not president at. I have people come up to me in the parking lot. You can ask my security guy.

He's been there when people walk up and go, why'd you kill those kids? And you go, I didn't kill those kids. And they go, yeah, you. So that is what this has turned into. But this is bigger than me.

I want people to understand something. That the moolahs in Iran and the ayatollah are congratulating Hamas that just killed around a thousand or more innocent Israelis, many of them women, children, disabled people, in a vicious, evil sneak attack. They are on there. Hezbollah and Hamas. Mainly Hamas, but it's Hezbollah funding it out of Iran, are literally posting videos of them cutting people's heads off and killing children and massacring innocent people.

They're allowed to have their Hezbollah accounts and their Hamas accounts. The ayatollah is able to congratulate what these people done. I am still banned, and I'm not mad at Elon Musk. I understand. I've been so demonized with the general public, he's barely able to keep Twitter going right now.

I really appreciate what he's done. I admire him. I think he's done a lot of great work, and I see him moving in the right direction. So a lot of people attack musk on Twitter. I trend all the time.

Hey, if you're such an absolutist on free speech, bring back Alex Jones. I understand that if he did that, the ADL and others would really be able to probably shut down Twitter. So I understand that he needs to go through a process before he does that. So people get mad at Twitter for not. Why the mean?

I'm not the world's expert on your career, but I know you. I've never heard you say a single anti semitic thing and an anti Israel thing. Why would the ADL be against you? I don't think anyone's even called you an anti semite. Well, unless I'm missing something, what goes on is the left forever called everybody a racist.

If you were just a conservative or pro second amendment or pro life or thought we ought to have a border and that didn't work anymore to call people racist. And so the ADL gets all this big liberal donations, and so they go out and then police and take people's sponsors and target them just by the ADL calling up sponsors. Sponsors get scared and drop. And so that's what they've done to Elon Musk. They took over 50% of Twitter's north american and european advertising in just the last year and bragged about it by saying he gives harbor to white supremacists, which he doesn't.

But at the same time, white supremacists are ridiculous. They're goofy. Most of them are usually working for foundations that are basically actors. We're not supposed to say that, but there's many cases of that actually being the case and that they're just larping that they're white supremacists. But let those clowns speak.

Whatever happened to the ACLU that used to support the KKK marching through a town or publishing their own newspaper? I don't support the KKK. I think they're a joke. But if you take their rights, you're taking everybody's. But they're not even taking the rights of those people to post because they create fear and they get the ADL more funding.

But if they can target an Alex Jones or an Elon Musk or a Tucker Carlson, then they're going after the real populist leaders that are bringing America together. And so what the left wants is to divide us all according to race and to come out and say, fundamentally with critical race theory, that inherently being white is bad, and teaching five year old white children they're inherently bad because they're white, that is wounding their brains and really creating racial division. Why do people put up with that? I don't understand why. If you had told me 20 years ago and I grew up in a world where judging people on the basis of their skin color was totally immoral, and I still believe that, but if you told me 20 years ago that we were going to live in a world where people get on tv and just be like, I hate white people, they're bad.

No, it's totally fine. Why do people put up with that? There should be zero tolerance for that. I don't get it. The Democratic Party founded the KKK, and when the majority were whites in the south, in some areas, they played the race card for political power.

Now that the majority in most areas are not white, they're playing the good old fashioned race card of tell know, stand down, let people take over your society, your culture, give up your culture. It's embarrassing to be white. And then now it's flat out bad to be white. And the left's trying to convert all these minority groups that are now majority in most areas into race based systems because that is a very effective. But why do people put up with that?

I mean, if they were doing that to Malaysians or Filipinos or Hondurans, I would say, you can't do that. You're not allowed to attack people on the basis of their race. I'm sorry. Not in a country like this. Because the country will fall apart and it's immoral.

I totally agree, but nobody says anything. I don't get it. The reason they've done it is most of the enforcers of this are white liberal women, 45 or older. Not fair. It's just a fact.

And they're cucked husbands. And so to them, can I say that the phrase cucked husbands is the best? It really is true. So if you get around these white liberals, they live in the whitest areas. They're totally scared of anybody with brown skin.

But they virtue signal constantly and then say, yes, the white people are bad, the white people are evil.

I've even seen white people sit up there and say, yeah, it's time to deal with these crackers. And they're a white person saying that from Jackson Hole or Nantucket or Aspen or Bethesda, the whitest places in America. So shouldn't there be a law? Super simple. If you've got a BLM sign in your yard, you should be required to live in Gary, Indiana.

Or like, you should not be anywhere near Jackson, Wyoming. You should be made to live in East St. Louis. I totally agree. You should be made to live in.

Yes, but of course, they've done the studies, they look at the statistics. It's not just here, it's in Europe and it's in the UK. Like in London. The liberal areas are like 99% white. Oh, I noticed.

Okay. And there's a lot of rich people in London that aren't white, but they're not even in that area. They are the most insular group. And then they point at white christian culture and society that actually outlawed slavery in most of the world was the vanguard of stopping it. And then they don't point at China, which is the most homogeneous racist group in the world.

It's an ethno state on chinese, period. Well, they teach, as you know, on their news that we are going to have chinese superiority. We are the chinese supremacist Xi Jinping admires Hitler. He is literally following a race based operation that is taking the world over, that owns the majority of Hollywood, that's paid off the Democratic Party. And if you look at all these anti white shows that you see funded in Hollywood, almost all of it has majority literal communist chinese government backing that is funding this.

So it's real simple. China looks in and sees this diverse culture, and they say, we're going to use that to split the country up and balkanize it. And that's what they've done. Communist China, along with the southern property Law center and the ADL and all these groups, see America's weakness. And they're literally coming in saying white people are inherently bad because the color of their skin, they inherently have cheated people, they've hurt people.

White people invented racism. None of that's true. It's really just tribalism. And then they organize all these other groups into race based groups to then unify them under the Democratic Party to attack who is left. That tends to be more conservative, and that is sub white people.

In this country, though, they're panicking because more and more blacks are voting Republican, more and more Hispanics are voting Republican. They're starting to figure this out. So now they're in panic mode to bring in totally disenfranchised third world populations who are refugees from the multi year lockdowns in Africa, Latin America, and Asia and the Middle east. They then bring them to un camps, brainwash them, then bring them to our border, brainwash them more, then send them into the United States, and then literally hold them for years at facilities while they're indoctrinated to be this new political underclass that's then going to be turned loose on America. And that's why you see Democrats giving illegal aliens the right to vote in their cities, giving them driver's license.

That's why you see them passing laws. They can be police officers. So they are importing a new enforcement class against the american people. And they're setting it up along racial lines, not us. They're making it racial, just like Hitler made what he did racial.

So it's the left and the think tanks and the communist Chinese that look at the US and have seen our weakness as race, and they are exacerbating it. So I don't understand. So you're from Texas. You grew up in Texas. Your family's been there a long time.

Texas is changing really fast. It's dirty, for one thing. I notice, because physically dirty garbage on the side of the road. I never have seen that in Texas before. So your governor could have stopped that.

He commands the Texas National Guard and he didn't. And I feel like that makes him a traitor to the country. But what am I missing? Well, I mean, Governor Abbot is on a scale of one to ten, the best kind of republican governor is a ten, and the worst is, say, a one. And like the Illinois, the so called Republican that's really a Democrat, I would put Greg Abbot as about a five.

The state is overwhelmed. There isn't really a state mechanism, it's federal, to kick people back and deport them. So they have put up barbed wire. They have tried to stop people. They have tried, but then they have to hand them over to the feds who release them.

But why don't you say the feds are committing a crime? They're committing a crime. This is not allowed under laws passed by the Congress. In a democracy, Congress passed laws. And so you've got criminals running the country.

The Biden administration is criminal, which is true. And we're not playing along. And if you don't like it, come do something about it. Meanwhile, every able bodied man with a black rifle assemble at the border and we're just going to stop this and save the country. I don't understand.

That's not hard. What am I missing? No, I think you're absolutely right. In fact, what the deep state fears would be a coalition of good governors, good attorney generals, giving them the findings and the rulings that they could indeed do that, and then declaring emergencies in the states and having a coalition of the states come in and do this and then instruct local police and everybody else to not have sanctuary cities. But the problem is, if you're in Texas, every single city, Houston, San Antonio, Austin, Dallas, Fort Worth, our Democrat party run.

And so Texas is almost purple because the California influx and all the other refugees from New York, many of them bring their leftist ideology with them even though they're fleeing it like locusts. They fly to the next field. And so that's really the issue is that the legislature is somewhat cucked, to use that word again. And I think the governor has been cucked. He certainly went along with lockdowns and mask more than really any other republican governor.

And so I do think Greg Abbot needs to do a better job. But I also wanted to list some of the things that the state is up against. But I'll say this. Austin fired a bunch of police and another third quit crime everywhere. Homeless everywhere, trash everywhere.

Ruined the city like everywhere else, they are you live there? Absolutely. That's where my family's from. I've been there since high school. But I'm going to have to leave soon because it's gotten more and more like Los Angeles every day.

It's very sad to see it. People fleeing LA, like my friend Joe Rogan, it seems great to him because he went from a really bad situation into a bad situation. But if you've been there, you can see the decline, you can see how fast it is and it's really sad. And there are just illegal aliens everywhere and refugees from the rest of the country all over the place. And you see, really the economic decline of most of the mom and pop businesses and things.

So the same rot we've seen all over the country. Awesome. Was supposedly this big mecca and it was going to be so great. And now, sadly, it's falling apart. I mean, Tucker, you know the answer to all this.

You do the best job of anybody with the true Americana populist breakdown. The ruling elites of the world, the black rocks the state streets. They're on record saying they don't want our consumer society, they don't want our capitalist society. It's bad, it's ugly, it's gross, but they're the biggest consumers compared to anybody else in the world. Their, quote, carbon footprints are thousands of times bigger than the average person.

Leonardo DiCaprio or Kloss Schwab literally have carbon footprints thousands of times bigger than the average poor working American that they're telling you can't have a car or air conditioning. Remember before Obama left office, he traveled to Latin America, to Africa, the Middle east, and what did he tell them in speeches? The clips are famous. You can't have a car, air conditioning. The earth will overheat and burn up.

While he's telling people that by the year 2017, like Al Gore said, we would have areas flooded on the coastal areas while he bought a big house in Martha's vineyard at 1ft above sea level. And of course, it's still there and it hasn't flooded. I mean, his chef died there. You drown, sadly. But no flooding inside the house, just the dead chef.

So they're waging war against civilization and society to make us poor, to put us under siege and to cut off our energy, make the cost of living impossible, to break our old system, to bring in something even worse. And that's the clower and pivot strategy that the democratic party has adopted. And they've done the same thing in Europe. This is a plan the central banks have unlimited money. But they can't buy all the infrastructure up because people aren't selling.

So they've got to crush us and make people so poor that everybody's forced to sell their business, their intellectual property, their physical property, but more importantly, to turn over our bodies to them. Where a UN treaty that Obadden right now, that's what I call Biden, as Obi Wan is trying to ratify, would literally put our bodies under the control of the United nations and our medical care policy under. It's the pandemic. Pandemic treaty. Yeah.

So what this is, is really a breaking of our will, a demoralization. That's what the transgenderism is. And two men can have a baby and puberty blockers and castrating little boys and cutting little girls breasts off. They've got such hellish stuff coming in, this designed global collapse to bring in their world government that they've got to just have all these horrors out there hoping we just throw up our hands and run off to the countryside, which everybody's doing. And in a way that's good, but at the same time, then they've got full control.

Totally, right. And they're going to march out of the countryside next and dig us. Mean, you look at the White House press secretary who can barely speak English, who's one of the stupidest people I've ever seen, and a transparent liar. You wouldn't hire her to run your copy machine. She's the White House for secretary.

Why would you do that? And it's not because of her race, her, who she sleeps with. I think the whole point is she's so obviously repulsive that it makes you feel bad about the country to see mean. I mean, that's it. We're at a beautiful ball, it's prom night, everybody's dressed great.

There's wonderful food, big, delicious punch bowl. And then they say, what can we do? Well, just have Brian Stelter go take a dump. Right in that. Yeah.

And then he's there laughing at you. They're all, they're laughing at you to make you feel small, to make you question reality. Why is everything so ugly? I mean, that's why they tell people, hey, you can be homeless anywhere. You can crap on the street, needles throw your garbage everywhere.

Drug dealers can sell you drugs. We're going to give the homeless all this government funding. Liberal groups come in and farm and milk each homeless person and skim a big cut of the money off the top. It's a crop, but then you a cash crop. But then we see that?

And we think it's all over. There's nothing we can do to demoralize us and make us give up. And even though I'm conscious of this, even though I know this, it's still at a dna level. I'm like, I got to go to the country. I got to get out of here.

I've got to separate myself from this. But then when they release this toxic, cultural, poisonous gas, they push us out of those areas and they get the main infrastructure to then organize that, cut off the food and supplies to that group they have, and then tell them, the reason you're doing bad is not blackrock and the WF and Bill Gates. It's all those evil people in the countryside. They're all white supremacist and terrorist and racist. Let's go get them.

Because the last group they don't control is rural people that are self sufficient. And so I get going to the countryside, protecting your children, that's the holy grail. The problem is you got to have 1ft in each. You got to go back and fight in the city for the infrastructure, for the government. You got to give people hope while also building a backup operation with farming and ranching and self sufficiency.

So that's why the WEF and the UN are coming in, in Ireland and in areas of Asia and in the Netherlands and saying, by 2030, 80% of your cows have got to be dead. And they just banned like 30% this year in the Netherlands. And it didn't matter. People were 80% against it in polls. It didn't matter.

They sent the military in against the peaceful farmers that were just protesting. Just like the peaceful truckers in Canada got brutally attacked. And so they're all WEF globalist alumni that the big banks on record bragged they've penetrated the cabinets, to quote Klaus Schwab. They put their operatives in to cut off our energy, demoralize us, release the hardened criminals, put the political activists in prison, continue to cut off the resources to make an angrier world. Kloswab says, we're going to make the world collapse.

We're going to have everybody turn against each other. We're going to blame the political classes that we own and control. And then when we're done, we'll bring in our new solution. But first they have to demolish the cultures and societies that we had before with the fentanyl, with the open borders, with the demoralization. And then they bring in their next phase, which is a high tech, cashless society, robot drone controlled nightmare.

More than half of the US in their official UN maps that they've had for more than 25 years. They're in. Some of my first films show half the US off limits to humans. All cars left to have gps, everybody by law left to have a cell phone at all times. Australia just did this last year, tried to push it through.

And that's the admitted global UN standardized plan where you don't leave your house without a cell phone. Every car is robot kill switch, gps controlled. California is moving to ban all the, quote, classic cars. That's any car that doesn't have a digital ignition. And they admit it's for control.

So if people think things are bad now, the straitjacket, the ball and chain is going on, it's all being militarily run. Our military is great men and women, but at the top, our military has been globalist trained new world order people for at least 30, 40 years. They've got almost every general, every person under their control. And that's why it came out in the UK and Europe and also here in Canada, you pulled the headlines. Defense department purposely scared public into lockdowns, masking and taking inoculations.

UK headline, British Ministry of Defense secretly brainwashed and terrorized public. Canada, same headline. They even let you know, oh, the military is here to do this. And now, oh, the CIA and Justice Department is there to help surveil the public, to stop disinformation. And it turned out, of course, almost all that disinformation was true always about everything.

So we have to understand, our governments have been seized. The big corporations want to get rid of the american idea. You got 50 acres in your house, and a business and a farm, and you could take care of your family and you're independent. They have to destroy all that because the rest of the world aspires to that. Instead, they want 15 minutes cities, central bank, digital currencies.

They want all of these systems that track and trace everything you do in the social credit scores. And the plan for the rest of the public, we're talking 99%, is 250 square foot coffin apartments, 5g bathing you in them, literally eating bug protein. And I told people ten years ago they're going to push bugs on the public because I read it in their white papers now it's already in grocery stores, all over the US, all over Europe. They're putting the cricket meal into the food. Very toxic, undisclosed.

It's got chitin in it. Yeah, they'll just give it a number. It's like, it's got like a code. And you ask again, why would you do that? Because it's all about breaking our will.

They don't want people to aspire to open free societies. Yeah, there's a lot of waste. There's decadence, there's issues, but there's freedom. They want to train us to live on carbon rationing, food rationing, a very dystopic world. You'll own nothing.

You'll have nothing and you'll be happy. These are quotes I have to say. I don't know how long into this we are, 30 minutes or something. I bet there are a lot of people watching who are thinking, holy smokes, I can't believe I'm agreeing with Alex Jones. I'm supposed to hate this guy.

Like, where's the lie in what you just said? I'm not sucking up. I'm sincere. Like I'm listening to this and even myself, I'm thinking, I can't believe I'm nodding along to Alex Jones and being like, you're absolutely, what? Where are you wrong?

Well, I just hope people realize that we're all under the gun. So many of these leftists believe that because they go along with us, they're going to be given powerful positions in this system. This is a technocracy. There's almost no managers in this. Almost nobody has power in this system except a very small group of technocrats who happen to be transhumanist.

And you said something really astute a few weeks ago in a speech you gave. And you've also talked on your show that all of this stems from their fear and denial of death. So one of the things I find so striking about you, having watched you on and off over the years, and this must be a burden for you personally, but your ability to see people at a deeper level or to see things in them that are not obvious to the rest of us. And I want to give a specific example. So there's a guy called Brian Stelter who had the media show on CNN.

I first met Brian Stelter when he was a high school student or a first year college student because he would hang around the show I worked on at the time at CNN. This was 20 years ago at least. And I always thought he was awkward and weird and probably had a super creepy personal life, but I never took him seriously. There's a pretty famous clip, and I want to play it right now, of you critiquing Brian Stelter. And you take him way more seriously than I ever did.

And I think you're right. Too. So this is pretty famous clip of you on Brian Stelter, hell on earth. He wants to run your life. He wants to control every aspect of your life because he knows he is a cowardly, degenerate sack of anti human trash.

I pledge before my heavenly father that I will resist them every way I can. These people are the literal demon spawn of the pit of hell. Look at him. And you know what? He is better than you if you keep letting him run your life.

He runs your kids. He runs the schools. He runs the banks. This guy, this spirit, this smiling, leering devil that thinks you can't see what he is, he is your enemy, period. All the narcissistic, devil worshipping filth.

I see you, enemy. I see you, enemy, enemy, enemy. You are my enemy. And I swear total resistance to you with everything I've got.

Disingenuous, fake, false, broke back, twisted, a defiler, a betrayer, a backstabber, a devil. You don't think I don't see you, Stelter? I see you. You understand me? I know what you think of me and my family.

I see you right back. You understand that? You understand that, Stelter?

I've only watched that several hundred times, and I laugh every time. But there's something to if Brian Stelter had absolute power, would you and your family survive? Of course not. You wouldn't. You'd be.

Of course not. And neither would mine. So there's a lot that's true about what you said. How did you perceive that? The rest of us just made fun of him now, once they started the censorship and the platforming, remember back then, they would deny it.

Oh, yeah, we're taking people off air, but it's not censorship now. They admit. No, it's censorship. We're doing this for your own good. So he was really the face of that.

And he was working for the head of CNN that was really in charge of it. Later came out. CNN currently is not in charge. They've handed it completely over to the Justice Department to quarterback, as Congress reported a few months ago with the documents. But at the time, Brian Stelter and his mini me, Oliver Darcy, his Popeye, were going around calling up and harassing my sponsors, taking sponsors away, and they were going around and organizing big tech to take not just myself but many other people offline.

And so he was destroying our free speech. He was taking our sponsors. But it's crazy. I just want to restate. You are not promoting race hatred.

You're against race hatred. You never have promoted that, ever. You're not promoting violence. You've never called for violence and you've never even called for breaking the law. And so that's why there's so much anger there because I remember the day I did that.

In a few other clips that went viral, I showed all the stuff he was doing, but then the media attacked me and just clicked it out of context. But still it reverberated with people because people were sick of the corporate legacy media. So people say, well, why is he so angry? Well, it's because he's literally trying to take us off air, literally taking our sponsors, the equivalent of the Vikings a thousand years ago in England, pulling up and burning a village down. And so there he is, all sweet and liberal and cackling and laughing, but he's really an agent of anti american totalitarianism.

And so he was the frontman of that. And I wanted to just simply say, I see you. I know what you're doing. So people see out of context and think, why are you being so mean to him? Well, I mean, he's literally trying to destroy my free speech, take me off air and put my family on the street.

So I'm pissed off at him. What's interesting is, I don't know if you want me to reveal this, but we had dinner in our barn last night and there were some drinks. And after dinner, you and my producer called Stelter on the phone. And what was so, and it was on speaker. So I listened to it.

What was so interesting know, you've been very clear in a very direct, pretty masculine way, I would say, about how you feel about Brian Stelter. There's not a lot of confusion about your views on stelter. After a clips like that, which doubtlessly seen because he googles himself compulsively, he was very kind of syrupy sweet with you. And that's why I was sarcastic and told him, I want to date him. You did?

Yeah. In fact, the exact line that you had was, Brian, I'm not usually gay, but I want you. And he seemed a little bit, I'm not saying he's open to it or whatever, but he wasn't shocked by it. He's like, give me your phone number, I'll talk to you. Yeah.

And then he hit your producer up. Please give me his number right now. Yeah, that was interesting, but I was being silly with him. But there was also a line, he goes, oh, Alex Jones, I said, I want you to come on my show. He said, oh, you still got a show?

And I went, no, you're the one that doesn't have a show. Sorry. I said, it's the other line. So boorish to recount conversations people weren't witnessing. It was funny, though.

But you said you're off tv now, but you were a real star. I mean, not on CNN, but on my show. So, good, anyway. But what was interesting was if someone had talked about you that way and then called you late night after a couple of drinks, you'd know, up yours, pal. You know what I mean?

Like, buz off, or I'm not taking your call, but he kind of sucked up to you. That's a very weird, passive aggressive posture. Well, I've said a lot of really mean things about him and attacked him. And when I watched the clips out of context, I feel guilty. But he was going around with Oliver Darcy.

They would brag on Twitter and literally hitting hundreds of my sponsors. And I say, hundreds? I'd have, like, 20. They'd take them all. I get 20 more.

Take them all. This went on for years. So you go get a sponsor. You get them. They're doing great.

He takes it away from you, and then he brags that him and I was taken off Twitter not for the Sandy hook stuff that came later, that they focused on. Look it up. They had the former head of Twitter and the lawyer on Joe Rogan about four years ago. And Joe said, why did you man Alex Jones, the lawyer goes, okay, let me open my clipboard. She goes, here's why.

He was mean to Oliver Darcy. So I'm at the Capitol. They're having censorship hearings. Sundar Pachai is there. I just confronted him in the hall who runs Google, and you guys are welcome to use that if you want.

And then that was at the senate. So now they were going over to a house meeting, and there's Oliver Darcy in the line. He gets to get in. I don't even get into a hearing where they then attacked me. They'd attacked me at the last hearing.

But I don't get to face my accuser, and so I get in his face. I don't threaten him, but I say, you are an evil man. You're un american. Coming after my free speech, harassing my sponsors, trying to get me off the Internet. And the last place I was on was Twitter.

They'd held out, and so Jack Dorsey had held out. And so Jack Dorsey admitted, well, the last straw was I bullied Oliver Darcy. And so that's why I was deplatformed. Elon musk thinks it was the Sandy hook thing. Do you know that in most cultures, bullying Oliver Darcy would be like a rite of.

Like, that would be a positive. Good, right? Well, here's the thing. He's literally on Twitter taking my sponsors, calling for me to be silenced. So he's been attacking me, attacking my speech and my living, and then all I do is shove a camera in his face while he's waiting to go into the hearing for five minutes and say, man, you are un american.

You got some evil eyes. And I said, you really look like a piece of slime. I mean, I told him that. Fair. The point is, he's a man.

He's a, quote, journalist in the arena. He goes around harassing people and stalking them financially and their free speech. He'd already bragged that he'd gotten me taken off all this other stuff and that he was instrumental, which he was. And then he can't take me saying, man, you're a jerk. Right?

This is the classic posture. Stop hitting me, he says, as he fires a gun through your windshield. Exactly. They can dish it out, but they can't take it. So what's the effect on you?

And I don't mean even the lawsuits against you. And there was an effort to criminally indict you, I guess, just for having bad opinions or whatever. A bunch of them, actually. A bunch of them. That.

Four grand juries I've had to respond to subpoenas. When you've committed no crime, you're like, one of the only people in media who's not ginning up race hatred. I would say, just to be totally clear, because it's very common to do that. You don't do that anyway. And then, of course, this billion dollar judgment against you for having naughty opinions, which is insane.

I'm not even talking about that. I just mean, what's it like to spend 25, 30 years connecting the dots and seeing this slow moving storm come toward the country that you were born in? What effect does that have on you? Since you use the analogy of a storm? It'd be like if I was 100 years ago, before they had radar.

And I've read about the famous flood 120 something years ago in Galveston that killed tens of thousands of people. We had a hurricane. Yeah, hurricane. They didn't have radar, and so they didn't know, but they're the fishermen out there catching shrimp or whatever. And then all of a sudden, here comes basically a tidal wave.

And if I was one of those fishermen and I knew my children and my wife were on shore at school or work or whatever, and here comes a 40, 50 foot wave I know is about to kill them. I would not be thinking about myself watching this giant wave come in. I'd go, oh, my God, my wife and kids are over there. And so it's not that I'm a hero. It's not even a selflessness.

I realized that I was just out in front and ahead of some people in understanding this because of family and research and just things in my life that I saw that encouraged me to get involved in the media because I was aware of the global. Some things that were going on, because my uncle was high level, I ran Contra, had some other family that worked in clandestine things. So I kind of grew up just around folks that knew what was really going on. And you're a kid, you don't really pay attention to it, but you kind of get that education even though you don't know you're getting it. And so I've just been out front, so I would liken it to.

In the old dAys, when a dAM would breaK and they Didn't have radIO to wARN People, and the DaM breaks, and It's 20 fOOT Wave coming down the Valley, and you are Down Below thE DAM As, LET'S say, a LumbERjack, and, you Know, youR Wife and cHIldREN Are 2 miLeS dowN, and you see The DAM bReaK and you're aboUt to DROwn. But I guarantee the last thought you're thinking is, it's going to get my women and children. My grief is, this is really draconian, this globalist great reset, New world order takeover is a post industrial world. Cut off the resources, 90% foresty population, breaking civilization by design, massive wars, famine. They've already cut off a third of the fertilizer in the last year worldwide.

It's estimated that'll kill a couple of hundred million people. The lockdowns worldwide, not the virus the UN admits, killed 80 Something MIlLioN extra people in the last ThRee and a HaLf years. When the first world collapses, the third world dies, and then what's left of them floods us. And so the earth is being put into a countdown collapse right now. And so I'm like the fisherman when the tidal wave comes in, and I'm like, oh, my God, my wife and children are about to die.

I'm not really worried about me because I'm a man. I did this. I knew it was coming. I've been proven right, and I'm not happy I was proven right. I wish we could have gotten ahead of this and stopped it.

Yeah, we have a lot of credibility now that people see that we were right. So maybe we can stop the next phase of it. But the globalists have gone from testing phase, beta test phase into full operational now. And they say, read their writings, we are going to have a post industrial world by 2030. We will have no personal cars by 2030.

You will be eating bugs by 2030, and we will start the depopulation of 90% of the people by 2045. That is the official wF, official UN official club of our own plan. What do you mean that depopulation? They want to bring the world population down to 500 million. But I thought we were opposed to genocide.

No or no? I guess we're not. Well, we're told now don't have children as bad as the earth. And we're told all this. And Elon Musk is right.

And as a hero for pointing out, all the actuaries show, if you don't have 2.1 children, a man and a woman, people go, well, a man and woman can have 2.1. It's in the aggregate, folks, out of billions. If a country doesn't have 2.1 at 2.2 replacement rate, then you don't have people to take care of the old folks. Society collapses. And so Japan's 1.3, Italy is 1.3.

They're done. As cultures, America without immigrant influx is about 1.6. That's not viable. And I'm not just talking about white people only here, but white people are 7% of the world population, maybe eight. And so I would be sad if the last of the Eskimos were dying.

I'm sad that the Japanese, within 100 years, there might be 20 million of them. But just to my previous question about, and without getting too personal, but I feel a little bit innervated and down. Just hearing your dot connecting here. What's the effect on you over 25 years, if you literally foresee 911 before it happens? And you did, and it can be proven, we just proved it.

What's that like to live with that weird ability? Well, I mean, I know specific clip. I specifically say, call the white house, tell them we know they're going to let al Qaeda attack us, bin Laden, and then take our rights. And I said, call the White House. I put the number out, so I put my money where my mouth was.

And that's the only time I ever said, call the White House and tell them stop a particular event. I'm now saying, we need to call the White House and say you've let tens of thousands of military age men from the Middle east in. We know a lot of them are Hezbollah and Hamas. The FBI's confirmed that. And so when and if there's big terror attacks, which I believe will probably happen in America, we're not going to have homeland security get more funds and more power and grope us at the airports more.

I want prison time for the agencies and groups that have allowed this. And I want obden. I want Biden impeached now. Okay? That's why we got rid of McCarthy.

It needs to happen. Leaving the border open when there is a clear and present danger of this going on. And when we're very close to war with Iran, we go to war with Iran. They're going to activate Hezbollah. Okay?

And they make Hamas look like choir. So you want to hear a prediction here? It's a probability, not a pure prediction. But if we go to war with Iran, guaranteed sleeper cells activate. It'll make what happened in Israel look tame in comparison.

I'm not lessening what happened there. And then again, where's the logic? The government that allows that to happen should go to prison. I agree. But instead, like 911, they're going to get more power when it happens.

Mark my words. You can't have guns because we let in foreign sleeper cells to kill you. Exactly. And you asked the question. This has really taken a toll on me.

Not the fake lawsuits, not the weaponization, not the deplatforming. I was already getting exhausted five, six years ago. And when I married my second wife, who's amazing. I have three children with my previous wife, and they're all great children and one with her. We were in Hawaii getting married like seven years ago.

And I said to her, I said, I want to just write books and make documentary films and maybe do an occasional podcast at that time. I've been on air like 2022 years, six days a week, 3 hours a day at least. And I said, I just don't want this burden, this big crew. I love the crew, but I don't want to do this anymore. I said, I want to move the country and I want to just.

It's taking a physical toll to every day. Look at this stuff. And now I've gotten the point, which even though I say, don't let them break your will, don't let them demoralize you, that's because I understand the process. It's happened to me. Used to I'd have hundreds of incredible stories and clips every day.

I couldn't wait to expose the bad guys. Now I look at it. Once I'm ready, I study it, and then half the time I get on air and I just go, let's just take calls or I start talking about some fun story. Just because I mentally cannot sit there and stare into the abyss and stare at Biden or their press secretary, that's meant to enrage us and demoralize us. And I think that's a defense mechanism that's healthy.

So I think we all have to be balanced. I'm not asking people to only fight tyranny. I'm asking people to get prepared, get ready, but wake up as many people as you can and then do whatever you have to to stay sane. Because we have record suicide. We have record depression.

We have record drug abuse. This country has been attacked. And if you read deeper into global's writings, they admit they're doing it. And so we have to be aware of it. If you're aware of an attack and aware of a manipulation, it doesn't give you full immunity from it.

No, it doesn't, but it gives you a buffer. Imagine people that don't know what's going on and they really believe things are dangerous, things are bad, not because of the corrupt corporations that are running things, but because those evil people in the countryside that want to be left alone. That's what they're saying on the news. It's the people in the middle of nowhere that want to be left alone. They're the bad guys.

And it's the five year old kid that's white. They're really bad. They're all inherently really bad. And this is a demonic assault, and it really is good versus evil. But the key point you raised earlier in previous shows that I mentioned that I didn't get into because there's so many topics, is this, when you said we need to brood on death, you talk about a sympotico or a synchronicity or a weird moment.

I don't usually watch the show when it first releases one day because I'm usually at work or doing stuff tonight. But I'll get up at like four or five in the morning hours before my wife and daughter get up, and I will start, get on the desktop, start doing research. And when I'm reading news and sending stuff to the crew for the show, I'll almost always go click on your show to watch it. And that's the go to thing I'll have on the background. And I said, well, I'm not going to click on the show.

I'm going to click on this speech you gave a few weeks ago, and you talked about brooding on death. And I'm sitting there that week literally thinking about the fact that we've got to be humble, we've got to be thankful, we've got to realize that there's an infinite universe and consciousness, and that focusing on what made humanity, focusing on the fact that we are spiritual beings, but that this life is finite. And these incredible experiences, all the people we've met and known and all the ancestors before us that did incredible things and went through hell and were tough as nails to get us here really ties us into our ancestors. And the epigenetic, instinctive knowledge that really makes us a colony or hybrid creature of all of our ancestors. We have a soul, we have a spirit, we have our genetic imprint that they've proven mathematically is multidimensional, even above the third dimension.

So we have a personal spirit, but really we also have a collective bodysuit that is a collection of all of our ancestors and just the beauty and the wonderment and the spectacularness of that dwelling on how incredible that is, but also leaning into eternity and leaning in to this body and this incarnation. And I'm not saying reincarnation, incarnation being so magical, and that also, that death is the great equalizer and that you will be humbled and you will get old and your teeth will fall out, and your hair will fall out, and you will get cancer or you will have a heart attack. And no matter how powerful you are, you're not in control in that it tunes you into God. And then what you said. So I'm heavily focused on this and telling my wife this, and I'm meeting with my dad, who's really my mom.

I don't see them as much as I should. My dad's really always told me this, and I didn't really get it when I was younger. Now I get it as I get older, and I'm sitting there just literally praying that morning and drinking coffee and just focusing on death and just focusing on life, because when you focus on death, it makes life so much bigger. And focusing on what? I'm not a Hindu and I'm not a Sikh, but the Sikhs are like a 500 year old version of 3000 year old Hinduism.

And they think everything's a manifestation of God in the universe around us. And then interfacing and how we take every moment of how magic it is, is what's going to resonate in the future, to bring us close to God, so that we basically resonate into the higher dimension with God. And that's really been my instinctive understanding of it. Spiritual understanding, the dream understanding of it. That didn't read in books.

And I'd read what the Sikhs are saying. I was reading some of their writings just a month ago, and it was about focusing on death. So you also understand life and being humble and being a servant and how that's what empowers you. So you're not an asshole like your dad would tell you. Focus on the fact that I'm an asshole and shouldn't be, because we all have the asshole side.

Yes, you have a better quote, but of your dad's quote, the root of all wisdom is knowing what an asshole you are. And it really is. My dad always says the root of all thing is being humble and appreciating things and not getting on a power trip. Basically what your dad's saying, because that's wise men. I'm sitting there totally focused for like, I'm going to call it meditation for like 30 minutes.

Just sitting there in the dark with the computer screen on. And I go, no, I'm not going to watch Tucker's show from yesterday. I'm going to watch this speech and I click it and I'm like, ten minutes in and you go, we got to say everything I'm saying. I didn't even said this on air. I'm hearing you say basically the same thing as it's universal truth.

Then I want to bring the next piece to it, which you talked about. You grew up in this super wealthy area, California, when you weren't spending your summers here in Maine and thinking forty s. I watch show all the time and read your material. That's beautiful. And you were talking about how they're totally freaked out and neurotic and crazy because no one talks about death.

Everybody. Shelves away. The old people, they basically put them out on an ice float or burn them like the Vikings. And that by doing that, that's what makes them not be connected to reason and God and the deeper things. And that's why they're so lost.

That's totally true. So let me now take you one step further in this. The globalists are so scared of death. They have all this money, all this power, all this control. So they're obsessed with finding life extension technology, merging with machines, becoming gods.

That's their new religion. That's the transhumanism, and that's where all their funding goes. But that's only one side of the coin. The other side is that if you're going to be God, you've got to be in charge of death. So because they fear death, and they project their hatred of themselves onto us.

Then if they can poison us, dumb us down, sterilize us, depopulate us, they believe that's more for them at a very greedy level. So they want to be deaf, the destroyer of worlds. To quote Oppenheimer, I've become death, destroyer of worlds, and at the same time cheat death. So it's a total subconscious obsession with death. Instead of consciously focusing on it, getting over it, instead they turn it loose to their animal lower alligator brain and are now manifesting all this because they've not embraced the higher level of understanding.

I agree with that completely, but it's doomed as a project. No, I mean, it is the Tower of Babel, whenever you see in history is the story of this. People drunk on their own power, overstating their control over things, becoming convinced they're God and then being destroyed, it is just an endless loop of that story. It's a law of humans. It's a law, exactly.

This isn't going to work. They're going to blow up the world before they do this. It's not possible. You just stole my thunder. Because we've not talked before this.

We've talked about a lot of stuff, but nothing about the show really. It's a law, just like gravity, just like two plus two equals four. It is the fabric of the universe. And I was about to say, in the past, megalomaniacs try to control everything. Order.

The firstborn killed, almost every kingdom would do that, whether it was Egypt or the druids. Oh, there's too many young men being born. Kill them. Depopulation has always been there. In the time of Plato, 2500 years ago, he thought the world was overpopulated.

So that's kind of where the eugenics comes from and where they get these ideas. The greatest philosopher ever who said a lot of great things, but also said, there's too many greeks, we need to kill most of them. They're animals, they're dumb. We need to control breeding and only makes Superman. That's where Hitler got all that.

That's where all this comes from. But the central issue here is in the past, civilizations would just fall apart when they got into a decadent know. Hard men make good times, good men make hard men make good times. Good times make soft men, soft men make bad times. Exactly.

And so instead of going through that cycle and the collapse of that corrupt system, now there's biological weapons, chemical weapons, nuclear weapons, all this other advanced stuff. Instead, they're going to try to use the robots and all the control and the nuclear weapons to make us finally get under their mark of the beast, finally get under their unified system of control, finally get under their social credit score, which was predicted by these incredibly connected people 2000 years ago, that this would be the ultimate tyranny that was coming almost psychically, seeing it into the future because of the great evil potential. Time's really a loop. It was looping back, or bouncing back real psychics seeing into the future what was going to happen in revelation as a potential, I believe, and is actually a warning that we don't have to follow that course. And that's my own personal belief.

So instead, whether you believe revelation or not, the evil globalists, the selfish globalists, are using it as a blueprint and literally building the mark of the Beast Casual Society, where you don't just, oh, I agree to take this mark, I can buy and sell now you have to worship the beast that can be seen by all on earth at the same time. It describes these big holograms you've got to watch and worship, and it tells you what to do, and it tells you how to live. And it says, men become women and women become men, and children are set upon their parents, and there's nothing but wickedness being invented. And it describes everything that's now happening and says when they roll this out, you've got to worship this world government, you've got to worship this system and do exactly what it says, or it doesn't let you buy and sell. Whether people believe in the Bible or not, believe in revelation or not, it is now manifesting.

I don't see a lie in that. I don't think I am a Christian, but I don't think you need to be one to arrive at exactly the same conclusion. So you live in Austin, Texas. You've been there since high school. Austin's changed a lot.

And as you noted, it's been really overwhelmed by people from the west coast fleeing the decayed societies that they built. You live among liberals now. What do you make of them? What are they like? I really feel sorry for them because compared to, say, my dad's dad, like you were telling me about your foreman or your manager, knows how to do electricity, knows how to build houses, knows how to fish hunt.

We just saw that big moose he got today. These guys are impressive and they can do everything. My grandfather could do everything. He could fix a combine with, literally rubber bands and tin cans cut up into pieces. And my dad's the same way.

I'm a shadow of them in their can do. And compared to liberals, I'm like light years ahead of them. They live in high rises, they get food delivered to them. They're not in reality, they don't have common sense. They go out the most dangerous areas that I wouldn't go into armed in places like New York, dangerous areas of Austin and get stabbed, raped, murdered, killed.

Then they defend the people. Their families do that, killed them. They just are like pod people. They are just these obsolete creatures that most of them have, I guess, jobs because they work for big tech or the system, but they are just completely disconnected, domesticated, very, very politically ignorant, culturally ignorant, historically ignorant people. And they think they're elitists.

They think they know a lot, they think they understand a lot. They're totally useless. What do they do for fun? Well, I was about to say, and they're the ones that want to depopulate. They're the ones that think that, like Bloomberg said, oh, what's a farmer do?

It's easy. You stick a seed in the ground, it grows. Farming is incredibly hard. You better know what you're doing and you got to have the weather on your side. And it's an all around the clock job.

I've had family that are farmers. My dad grew up as a farmer and a rancher. The summers they would send me to work on farms and ranches. Best education I ever got. It's rough, it's tough.

But is it really essential? Is food really essential? Well, we're told by John Kerry the last few months, he says we need to cut farming now. Organic farming. Is he still alive?

Is bad on earth. I think it's a corpse. He seems like a corpse. And a rubber face. An animatronic Chuck E.

Cheese. I thought he passed years ago, but somebody told me he's still alive. I guess it's an open question. He runs around giving speeches saying, we've got to cut farming or people are going to starve. I'm not joking.

I'm not joking. That's what I'm saying, cut down trees, cut the food off, cut the fertilizer off to save people. Speaking of starving, I mean, again, as I said at the outset, and I meant this, I've never seen a single person, I don't think there ever has been a person in the history of the United States who was not criminally charged but was punished to the extent that you have been. I mean, they've really tried to drive you into the grave. I think, to be fair, it's been worse for Trump.

But I'm the second. Yeah, that might be right. He has much bigger resources, though, to back him up. Oh, absolutely. The head of a political party.

I've spent everything. I'm completely out of money. I'm still hanging on. But, yeah, Trump still has resources. I don't.

They lied about my resources, too, said I had all this resources. Now it's been proven it wasn't, but it was more than a billion dollar judgment against you for saying something other people didn't like. Well, let's be clear. Misrepresenting what I said, I was defaulted by both judges in Texas and Connecticut, and the judge said I was guilty, then wouldn't let us put on a defense and had a jury decide the damages. Then they put on experts saying I was worth $400 million when I had a couple of million dollars last year in my account during the last trial.

Now I have nothing. I'm actually upside down right now.

They've decided, like, you're not allowed to make a living in this country. You've been not just deplatformed, but depersoned, debanked. How do you make a living? Well, I have been maxed out. Personally.

I'm in bankruptcy, but I've done a chapter eleven, some chapter five reorganization for free speech systems. That is the company that owns Infowars. And so that company is barely paying its bills and is operating, but we're barely hanging on. I personally never had that much stuff, contrary to what they said, so it really hasn't hurt me that much. I'm not really into fancy things or a bunch of ostentatious lifestyle, contrary to what they've said.

And so we're funding the operation. We're selling products. What are you selling? Well, we sell books, films, t shirts. We sell high quality supplements.

Then they call it snake oil, but we sell the same stuff, private labeled that whole food sells just high end, high quality stuff. It's not just a fundraiser. I've got the book the great Awakening, defeating the globalist and launching the next great renaissance. My last book that came out last year was a number one bestseller on the USA Today and Wall Street Journal. But did they list it on their list?

Well, the New York Times they did. New York Times refused to even put it on the list, even though it was number one. This is my new book. That isn't just the bad stuff they're doing with a huge breakdown with all the proof at the back. It is also solutions and how to counter them.

So this book will keep us on air. Plus it's a great book. I hope people get it@infowarstore.com. Or they can also get signed copies there, or they can go to Amazon.com. But yeah, this is a way to keep us on air.

Plus it really is an amazing book if people want to see a lot of the stuff I told you, but with footnotes, so you can go right to it. Everything I say, when I say naval Noah Harare says the future is not human and that the population is no longer needed and the future, there'll be no more humans. You can actually go to where he said it. When I said that Jeffrey Epstein was running a massage CIA mi six operation to blackmail top scientists to control them, we have links to that. When I say Peter Nygar that's on trial right now was having women have babies, his babies, so they could abort them at eight months, and then he could suck all their juices out and inject them into himself.

A real vampire that literally takes the juices of his children, puts them in his body. We have a transcript of him saying that on tv. Who is this? Peter Nygard is one of the big budies of Epstein and all them. He was kind of running his own Jeffrey Epstein operation.

Also in the mean. This book is super hardcore. It's got an amazing forward by Steve Bannon. And they had a great researcher who's also a lawyer. Kent Heckenlively went through and double checked everything I said for the book, obviously, so they wouldn't get sued.

So this thing is well researched, well documented. It is the great awakening, because the Great Awakening is the counter to the globalist great reset to destroy society and then build back better. But it seems asymmetrical at best. I mean, you have all the power on the global rate on one side, and then the majority that doesn't like it.

How do decent people prevail? They believe they can push it by deception. That's why if people are aware of why they're cutting off the fertilizer to collapse the third world, to then flood us with those giant populations they will then control and give voting rights to. And if you don't want to give them voting rights, then you're a racist. See, that's why the lockdown's biggest crime wasn't just the 80 plus million the UN estimates starved to death the last three and a half years, on top of the normal 15 million that starved to death each year.

You looked this up. They then use those giant masses of people that are fleeing total collapse as their new political underclass. So that's why it's so vital to not just challenge the great reset and the new world Order eugenics operation of the transhumanists. It's vital to then give an alternative plan and have an alternative debate about that plan. And that's what the great awakening gets into.

But if you give up in that, you also sell bourbon. Man, you are really being nice here today, Tucker. Well, you know why I hate selling products, but I like this product because I love the name. Look at this right here. This, my friends, is a gift to your crew because I know they drink.

I had some drinks with them last night when we called Brian Stelter. Some of the crew does drink. Yes, that's true. So this is for you. We got a few other bottles for you out there.

Suddenly I can't even open this thing. Sealed. Maybe it got locked on the airplane. Anyways, can somebody open this? I'm like, here.

Embarrassing. No, hold on. I think that the center thing. I don't travel with guns very often, so I don't know how to operate these. I'm going to smash this son of a bitch.

There we go. Son of a bitch. All right. Goddamn it. Look at that.

It doesn't come like this in stores. I'm going to kill the people that came up with this. Rough that into the studio. We're rolling.

Don't kill me. All right, we're rolling. I don't know if that plug should be. Oh, my God. I got a lot of points when you get to here.

Okay. That was amazing. This whiskey does not come with a hatchet to open it or a black light. But does it come with a black light? No, but if you have one.

But if you have a black light. By the way, I don't think I've ever sold a product on the air, but I'm proud. We appreciate you support. Come on. I'm totally all about it.

What does that say? I'm going to let you read that. It says, thus the tyrants, meaning death to tyrants. Yeah, I recognize that phrase. I think it was uttered in Ford's theater.

Thank you, brother. Well, enough of that. I didn't mean to turn it to. To the book is more important.

The last topic I want to hit with you, I could go on for hours.

We're trying to get the audience of this social media app to believe that you can have longer content because it know originally designed for very braind. But you've succeeded the biggest english speaking show ever. I mean, it's bigger than Jimmy Carson, bigger than Joe Rogan. Congratulations. Showing that freedom is successful.

Well, thank you. Well, we're grateful that it's, no, I'm grateful to you that we have free speech anyway. But here's my question. So all of the trends that you describe, I think very credibly, and I'm a little bit surprised, but not at all ashamed to say I agree with pretty much everything that you've said, amazingly. But I do.

And I think most reasonable people, if they just drop the kind of filter and stop lying to themselves and ask, like, where's the lie? And what are you saying? I think would come to the same conclusion, but all of those trends are being forced to kind of ahead or they're going to come to fruition or something's going to happen in the next 13 months because we have a presidential election on the books and you have this car crash, and I just do not see how it's resolved. Do you like what's going to happen? Again, it's the truth.

Really. The only show I watch every day is yours when you have a new show, because I don't just agree with you, I learn stuff every time. And what you've been saying the last few months is dead on. And a lot of people agree with you, and I know I do, that you look at the trajectory of this, how they're escalating on Trump. Whether you love him or hate him, he's now a populist icon.

He's now the underdog. The globalists are coming after him. They're coming after our right to vote for who we want. He gets 60%, which is the fundamental right in a democracy. The people rule, I can vote for whomever I want.

And if you don't like that person, that's immaterial. Absolutely. And he's been indicted for saying they're stealing elections. They're stealing it. Oh, I'm aware.

Absolutely. And their indictments of him is election theft. But, yes, but despite that, he's got 60% against all other republicans. He's 1520 points ahead of Biden. It's backfired, but the deep state is not going to stop.

So what you said to Trump several times in that 400 million views or whatever, you got, biggest show ever, you said to him, well, isn't the next thing them trying to kill you? And he's so confident. He doesn't want to think about that. He doesn't want to think about it. Whereas I admire someone that's that confident.

The deep state does kill people, and that's their only next move, because this is failing. And I think they're going to kill Biden, too, or I think they're going to try to. What you said in a speech again, before the last one I talked about like a month ago, you said, I don't see Biden and Trump being the candidates. You see the system, the media going after Biden, and he deserves it. But they were covering it up until now.

Now they're covering the laptop. Now they're covering attacking the dog. Now they're know all of his senility, all the corruption, the chinese spies hacking a dog, what a pig he is. I'm sorry. Well, I mean, I was told that secret service and by people that, let's just say, work with them, and I'm going to leave it at that.

And I actually have a contact for you. I'd like you to be able to hear it from them when this is over. I'll let you actually hear it from yourself. I think they'll tell you off record. I think they're willing to talk to you.

But, yeah, he is completely out of his mind. He wanders around for the entire two and a half years. But it's getting worse. Naked in the White House in the middle of the night, doesn't know who he is. They have to give him a bunch of drugs, a bunch of methetamines in the morning.

Then they've got to drug him at night. Sometimes he's got to, though. He'll be out for the morning for a while, and he comes back out at night for a ball. That's when there's a real problem. He is on drugs.

I have established that. And I know someone who witnessed it. I'm not guessing at this. I know someone personally who witnessed him taking amphetamines. And this was during the 2020 election.

So how's this going to. That's huge. I know. You don't play games. You've been proven.

No, I don't play games of this. I'll just say he's a makeup artist. You said the NSA spying on me, high level. And then a month later they went, yes, we're spying on Carlson. Yeah, I know.

So you don't make stuff up. And so what I'm saying here is Biden's a liability for him. Trump's a liability. What do they do? They have a right winger.

They'll claim assassinate Biden, and they'll have a left winger assassinate Trump. That then gets the country even in more of a fight against each other. And then they put in Gavin Newsom and somebody like Mike Pence or who knows? But I really think the next 13 months is the most critical time, not just in american history, but world history, because if they can bring down America, they're going to bring down the world. And then you've got the escalation.

Remember a year ago, Biden said, you can't give f. Abrams tanks and cruise missiles to the Ukrainians. That's world War three. Now they're doing it. So as Russia wins that war, as Colonel McGregor documented a few months ago with you, NATO is escalating.

Well, that leads right to nuclear war. So we're so close. That fundamentally makes me so mad. This transcends politics. Since when do Democrats love war?

Since when do Democrats love the intelligence agencies? They love them now. And so really, the democratic dark, just like the republican party, is a beachhead for sanity and populism. It's not perfect, but it's a beachhead. The Democratic Party is totally turned over to evil.

That's why I thought RFK Jr. Was so refreshing. But they're shutting him out of the primary process. They're blocking him. And so now he's going to run third party, which will take away from Trump.

Most experts agree. I know Trump's people have looked at. They think so, of course. So that's very, very sad, normally at this. So we're in October, I guess in the year before the election.

You can sort of see the outlines pretty clear. In October of 1999, I was pretty confident it was going to be George W. Bush versus Al Gore. I mean, you sort of know ahead of time. But do you think that we're going to see on election day 2024 a ballot with Biden and Trump on it?

I've been saying I think they may assassinate him or claim they had a heart attack, but I was thinking about each one individually. But I think when you said that a month ago, it was prescient that that's the next move. If I get in their mind and I'm evil, I'm Machiavelli, that is what they have to do. But the election just forces the point. I mean, I guess I actually don't think that their preference is overt violence or anything that people notice.

I mean, they much rather resort to stealth, right, covert rather than overt. But I just think there's an election on the books and something's going to happen. Well, that's what you're saying. All their tactics of COVID aren't working. So as we saw with JFK in 1963 in Dallas, they will go over.

We have governors declaring emergencies to take the guns, all of that. And then suddenly Democrats are against sanctuary cities when they're the ones saying, Governor Hochel and the mayor of New York, come here, come here. Now they're like, oh, we never said come here. I think it's dawning on Democrats. They've been betrayed.

And maybe there's some point where Democrats will have self preservation, the average voter, and say, no, we need to turn against this. This is totalitarian, this is dangerous, this is evil. But if that isn't the case. But here's the problem. Even if Democrats wake up, the system will know that from their internal polls.

The establishment will, and they're going to make a big move. And is that a full out war with Russia, a full out war with China? Is it them allowing the jihadi sleeper cells, they're in America, that have porn across our border that are waiting to let them activate? And I'm not saying our government controls them, but they've let other governments bring them in, and they've given funding to those governments. And now if we don't see strong signals against Iran, I don't want war with Iran.

What I'm saying is strong signals telling Iran, do not fund terror groups. And we don't see strong repudiation of Joe Biden that will greenlight the security services to go ahead and let this new attack happen. And a massive jihadi attack in America could be the way to bring in martial law and cancel the election. Also, Klaus Schwab loves a telegraph. So is the UN.

It is imminent. A cyber attack bringing down the power grid will make Covid look like absolutely nothing is basically his quote, I think I got it almost exactly. Will they cut the power before the election? I mean, the sky is the limit. The sky is the limit.

So people need to be vigilant and understand that we want to let the system know we're aware. We want to promote the values of free speech and of family and of self defense and of local control and of free market, rugged individualism and a competitive civilization and a colorblind society that Martin Luther King Jr. Talked about. We need to go back to the things that made us great, that threatened the CCP and threatened the globalists of the UN because they're selling tyranny and eating bugs and being locked down in your houses and forced injections and two men can have a baby. We're selling normal human biology and success and culture.

And so I just think we have to give the alternate plan to their dystopia. We have to challenge their dystopia, but also give the alternate plan, which enough people aren't doing. But that's Trump's big sin, is his optimism. America's great, everybody's beautiful. We have such potential.

And as soon as the world heard America was open for business, we saw trillions flood instantly in because our leaders had said, america's not open for business. Invest in China and India and Mexico, where the globalists have middleman deals to get all the money and all the power instead of the people getting it. It was Henry Ford wasn't the perfect guy, but he said the other auto manufacturers, this came out in federal documents in the later antitrust suits, because he didn't get in trouble. They did. They said to him, the other auto manufacturers, they said, why are you going to pay your employees three times what we do?

And he said, because I don't want just rich people buying my cars. I want my employees to prime the market to buy it. They'll give me all the money back buying the Model T, and then that'll supercharge it. So that's the two different systems. Build this illustrious, incredibly exciting, roaring civilization of laissez faire, or let these big guys already made all the money, centralize control, shut us all down and vertically integrate so they're in control and then kill competition.

So we have to kill the globalist program. That's anti free market, anti capitalist, it's monopolistic, it's anti human. It's a bunch of degenerate, inbred, 3rd, 4th generation elites who didn't make all this money, who didn't create all this stuff, but that have decided we don't even get to take part in it while they take part in it and live like kings. So it's us or them, Tucker, and we've got to crush the globalists, we've got to crush the new world order. We've got to challenge them, or they're going to destroy the planet.

I believe that. Last question. Where will you be in five years? Are you going to stay in this country? Can you stay in this country?

I mean, speaking of escalation again, I still have never figured out what your crime is, but you have been persecuted for something in an escalating way. I got two subpoenas last week. Subpoenas. I got subpoenas on January 6, again on a criminal investigation. We didn't do anything on January 6.

And I got subpoenaed in Trump's criminal trial in Georgia. On what? And then my lawyer called and said, what is this. And they said, well, we don't just want him as a witness. He's a subject.

I had nothing to do with. Georgia, I'm not saying it's bad. They went and challenged it. That's their right. I mean, I went and protested there.

So it's just pure intimidation. So I have a problem. It's that I don't like to cut and run. I'm not the toughest guy around. But growing up, Dallas was pretty rough people.

Some big guy started to fight with me. I just couldn't back off. And I almost always won those fights or went to the hospital trying. And so I've decided to go down with the ship.

I'm not going to leave the country. I'm not going to back down, and I'm going to continue to fight with everything I've got. I'll never sell out. I'll never give in. I could give out.

That's why support's critical and word of mouth, because Alex Jones is seen as a focal point, like capture the flag by the globalists. If they can shut me down, they believe they can shut anybody down. They've said that. And so it's human intelligence and human action and word of mouth. Talking about infowars.com, my show, what I do is a test case, almost like Stalingrad in World War II, where all these forces of the globalists keep thinking, we beat this guy at this city, at this point, at this battle, we win.

And so I don't think I'm even that important. I've just been chosen as this main battle point. So all these grassroots people and people like you and other great folks are supporting me through just supporting the first amendment. And so I've got that backing, and that enrages the globalists. So the more they throw against me, the more support I get.

And it's really become a historic battle. If I'm completely banned and debanked and shut down and can't operate, only then would I try to evacuate somewhere to try to keep my show on the air. But I've looked at it, and I don't even think that that's the case. Once they disrupt and shut down something, it's very hard to restart it. The good news is there are so many other great talk show hosts, so many other great people that now understand this and even have perspectives better than mine, that I'm not obsolete yet.

But thanks to you, and thanks to Russell Brandon, they're trying to now set up. And Joe Rogan's come a long way. And Steve Bannon and countless other shows that I tune into that have high level understanding and teach me a lot. And my head's in the game. So you're our champion, Tucker.

And there are other, I know you don't want to be the top dog, but you are. That's why you're attacked. Thanks to you, I know no matter what happens to me, men and women are going to continue the fight forward into the future. But this is an Alamo situation. I'm not evacuating.

I'm not leaving. I'm not going. How'd they do with the Alamo? Do you remember? Everybody got killed, okay?

But that example led to a big my mom's family raised Colonel Travis's son. And on my dad's side, too, they were heavily involved. First Texas families. We have like mexican land grants for our property. We still have mexican land.

We paid for twelve cents an acre, like 1825 in east Texas. So it's not as cool as your place, but it's pretty cool. And the last letter he wrote on that piece of wallpaper was to one of my great great great grandfathers in Gonzalez, Texas, saying, please take care of my little boy. But Travis knew he was going to die. But he's like, I got 10,000 troops coming in on our 200 and something.

We're going to give them one hell of a fight and kill a bunch of them before they can get up north for the main battle. And they killed thousands, 3000 with this estimated go from memory, mexican troops. And so that'd be an honor to have like 10,000 troops coming at me. And I'm in the Alamo. I don't have a death wish, but man, it gets me eyes of kite.

I'm not doing what Colonel Travis did. Only reason they got beat is they ran out of ammo. Basically. They had powder but no more ball. And they were fighting swords at the end.

So those are tough men and I don't even measure up to them, but I want to try to measure up. And so it's very exciting, it's instinctive, it's spiritual to be defending humanity and prosperity and freedom and justice. It's these globalist child trafficking monsters, the open border, all this evil. I mean, so my cells tell me to do this, my guts, my sinew say, you're ordered to do this. And I don't feel good unless I do it.

And so the bigger the attacks get, it's the old World War II saying when the planes were over the target, they didn't really have radar, but they knew the bases and the factories had flak, so they're shooting at them with artillery, antiaircraft artillery. So you flew into that. And so me, the best place I want to be is in the flak. But I also hate the flak because we could blow up and we're not in the fight anymore. So there's that paradox.

But 90% of me wants to be in the flak. 10% says maybe you should steer a little around it because you don't want to get knocked out. And until just a few years ago, I felt really bad because it didn't seem the paradigm had been shattered and people didn't actually read the globalist documents. Now there's been a paradigm shattering and I'm almost obsolete, Tucker. And as soon as that happens, as soon as I see another couple hundred more prominent people that actually know what's going on, we've already reached chain reaction point.

I'm going to hang it up and disappear like Obi Wan Kenobi. Alex Jones, thank you. Thank you. What a great conversation. Thank you, brother.

Really appreciate your courage. Tucker. Thank you. Love your crew. Great energy.

Thank you. Americano, baby. Alex Jones Johnson Kennedy's motorcade 239ft of Jeffrey Epstein.

Anyway.


View me!

The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


All chaos, all the time – 08-23-2023

All chaos, all the time - 08-23-2023

All chaos, all the time - 08-23-2023

Episode Summary:

The document appears to be a personal reflection encompassing a wide range of topics:

Weather Patterns:

The author begins by noting the early onset of fall and the unusual weather patterns they've observed. They mention a mix of smoke and fog, which gives the surroundings an odd orange-pink hue.

RALF Group:

The author is part of a self-organizing collective (SOC) called the RALF group, which stands for "radical ass linguistic fuckers." This group is working on a manual about mind-to-machine interfaces. The author expresses a desire to explore such machines, hinting at their potential origin from undisclosed sources.

Ancient Texts and Space Aliens:

The author delves deep into ancient texts, suggesting that many of the gods mentioned in these texts were, in fact, space aliens. They point out that these gods, referred to in plural forms like Elohim, Theoi, and Devas, were always corporeal. The author's group has been examining old religious literature, interpreting it as accounts of actual events rather than religious or psychedelic experiences. They cite examples like Muhammad's encounter with an archangel in a cave, suggesting that these archangels were genetically modified versions of the Elohim.

Atlantis and Alien Invasion:

The author theorizes that space aliens attacked Earth around 12,000 years ago. This invasion led to significant geological changes, including the sinking of Atlantis. They believe that the meteors that crashed into Earth were a deliberate act by these invaders. The author speculates that the removal of an island between Antarctica and South America caused Antarctica to freeze over, turning it from a tropical region into a frozen wasteland. They assert that Atlantis was located in Antarctica and that modern-day governments are investing in the region to recover ancient Atlantean technology.

Climate Change:

The author is critical of the mainstream narrative around climate change. They challenge the UN's approach, suggesting that the data is skewed and manipulated. The author argues that natural events, like volcanic eruptions, have a much more significant impact on the climate than human activities. They dismiss the popular belief in human-caused climate change as a hoax. Modern-Day Events:

The author touches upon current events, mentioning the Biden regime's attempt at a lockdown due to another COVID variant. They predict that this attempt will not be successful due to public pushback. The author believes that the public's attitude is hardening against such measures, making it difficult for authorities to enforce their agendas.

Shift in Reality Perception:

The document concludes with a philosophical reflection on the nature of reality. The author predicts a shift from the Cartesian model, where matter is dominant, to a new paradigm where consciousness is the driving force. This shift, they believe, will lead to a radical change in our understanding of the world and our place in it.

#document #reflection #weather #fall #smoke #fog #RalphGroup #mindToMachine #ancientTexts #spaceAliens #gods #Elohim #Theoi #Devas #Atlantis #invasion #meteor #Antarctica #climateChange #UN #hoax #Biden #lockdown #COVID #consciousness #paradigmShift #Cartesian #muhammad #archangel #narrative

All chaos, all the time - 08-23-2023

Hello humans. Hello humans. 8:17 AM this morning on the 23 August. Heading inland to do chores. Have to stop and get some information along the way and do regular stuff.

Today we're hubby. It's weird. We've got early morning cold temperatures but late in the afternoon warm temperatures. So this is our typical fall pattern and it's moved in a bit early in that it was here probably three weeks ago we started getting into this. So our fall is about three weeks early and it's a little deep.

We've had some pretty cold weather on the beach down in the then the next day it'd be like up in upper forty s and low 50s. So it was quite OD here today. We've got a lot of smoke from east of the mountains and from north that's moved down and it's mixed with our fog so it's sort of smog. Right? And so you get that strange kind of color from the sun which colors everything in your reality a little odd.

Sort of sort of orangey pinkish everywhere.

Anyway sucking down the coffee because I've been working too hard and staying up too late and getting up too early trying to get my portion of our work done. I belong to a self organizing collective of a bunch of old farts. And this is our Ralph group, our radical ass linguistic fuckers. And we're working on this manual about how to use these mind to machine interfaces. It's interesting.

I don't have one of these machines. I'd really like to explore one. If the deep state ever gets if they ever upchuck any of this stuff out of the holes in the ground. I'd love to get my hands on one and explore it and see how close our manual actually is. Great.

Traffic, shit in the fog, flashing signs in the fog. Just what you want to see. Right? Okay. What's this up here?

They're working on shit. I've seen the vast quantities of gravel being hauled so I knew something was up anyway though.

So our Ralph group's been pursuing a lot of this ancient text for a bunch of other reasons and that's when I stumbled across this right? About this idea of hidden information in ancient literature beyond simply the Old Testament, beyond the Torah, which has the hidden information about the Elohim, the space aliens. Then you go and you look at any of these things where the gods show up, right? The gods are always space aliens. They're always corporeal.

There's always more than one of them. They always refer to them as the gods in a plural sense. Elohim, Theoi, et cetera, devas.

So this is a pattern that's been repeated across various different cultures. We've been going through there through this old literature saying okay, let's examine the source material for really old religious stuff and see what's there. If we read it as though it had nothing at all to do with religion and we're just going to take the author at their word that what they're writing about actually happened was a physical reality and not some fantasy or psychedelic journey or whatever, right? And so if you do that and you even like with the Quran, right, you go and you read that, you're talking about Muhammad actually explicitly taking shelter in a cave and in that cave meeting an archangel, okay? And these archangels are not like the rest of the Elohim.

They were a genetically modified version of the L. They're big, they're enforcers that sort of thing, right? They were the police force. And so a lot of our models for our social order derived from these space aliens from the Davas, from the Elohim, all of whom had the same social structure. So I do as well as most of the people within my little Ralph collective here.

We think that it was the same batch, the same group, and that these guys were we know that they were combative with the humans on the planet and we also know that they were combative within their own social structure. So basically we were invaded by a group of beings that fought among themselves for whatever was motivating them, right? Which we presume to be hormones because there's all kinds of stuff in there about the Elohim and the Davas and the Theoi really getting off on hormones and doing lots of stuff with hormones.

Like I say, my supposition is that this is the case that these guys were invaders and that they came here, they had the same social order, they were combative fuckers that fought among themselves. When they couldn't fight with us. They apparently fought with the existent advanced human social organization that was here on the planet. And so you may find people that are saying, well, it was the Atlanteans or whatever, right? But I think Atlantis went down when these space aliens attacked.

I think that Atlantis was one of the casualties of this.

I am of the opinion this is not shared with the rest of the Ralph group, right? I'm not putting anything on them. So I'm just saying that it is my opinion that the meteors that crashed in and destroyed the Laurentian ice sheet and freed the it was already melted. Or there was a giant, huge lake in the middle of this of the Laurentian ice Sheet. Right.

The estimate on it was that this over Canada from the St. Lawrence Seaway all the way over to British Columbia, to the mountains in British Columbia. It's all frozen giant ice sheet. And because of the St. Lawrence Seaway River, that's what it was called was the Laurentian ice sheet.

There was a lake in there that they estimated was 1000 miles by 600 miles and very deep, we don't know how deep, but it was still a lake on top of ice. So I'm of the opinion that as part of their invasion that the Devas, the L and I think the l were a small, minor group within the Davas that were on their own, just like all these other groups. Right. Anyway, but getting back to the point, I think that the Devas, the invaders used meteors, and they deliberately crashed the meteors into Earth in order to cause the disruption in North America, the great flood and all of this.

At that same time, they took an island out that was between Antarctica and the tip of South America. And that island allowed Antarctica to be ice free and tropical because it took warm currents down the west coast of the Americas directly into Antarctica. When that island was removed, all of a sudden the currents flowed an entirely different way and they started going in a circle around Antarctica, as did the winds. And that formed a barrier, a wind barrier that wouldn't allow the warmth then anymore. And Antarctica was then turned into basically a cold funnel.

It would just funnel heat off the planet and accept cold down in the middle of this semicircular vortex thing that formed within the wind. So prior to the attack, prior to the removal of the island, antarctica was warm and tropical. Thereafter, it was frozen. It became frozen because of this attack. This attack happened, we think, around 12,000 years back, right?

It seems to be about 12,000 years. We may have been scouted and there may have been skirmishes going back a couple of thousand years before that. But in any event, though, so they did that. Antarctica becomes frozen. That's where Atlantis was.

All of the people die, all of that kind of shit. Everything gets frozen up. Atlantis is still there, and that's why all the governments are there working their ass off and putting all this money into it. Has nothing to do with climate science, has nothing to do with that sort of thing. These guys, they're not archaeologists or just generalized Earth science guys.

The people that are there are intent on recovering technology from the old Atlantean civilization. Now, just as an aside, okay, it's come out recently about the climate stuff, about the UN and how they hoaxed up the climate deal. They did a study, and they'll reference this study, and they keep referencing it, saying that this is the definitive study that proves that the climate is changing and it's all being caused by humans, and we're all going to die because we're farting and breathing too much, and we got to kill everything in order to save the planet. Save the planet for who is another issue. But nonetheless, here's how they did it.

The UN mailed out 10,000 letters to people that they describe as scientists, okay? Lots of these people have no accreditation whatsoever. If you go back and check through them, you find out that a lot of these people are just wackadoodle individuals and or are employees of governments, not necessarily even accredited employees of governments. Okay? So as an example, the head of the World Health Organization.

A guy by the name of Tedros is not a doctor, even though he claims that status. He's never been to medical school. He's an Ethiopian terrorist that got promoted by the WEF and run up into the UN in order to hold the title of the head of the World Health Organization to do what he's told. And he has no compunction, no problems in killing people anyway. So their climate science, they mail out 10,000 letters and 3000 people responded back, so they lost 7000 that just said fuck you.

So 3000 people respond back, and out of those 3000 people, they chose 77 responses. So this was the largest climate study ever done with the 10,000 mailouts, but they neglect to tell you that they're dealing with only 77 responses. One response said humans ain't doing shit to climate. You people are idiots. 76 of those 77 responses said oh my God, oh my God.

Humans are causing climate. We're farting our way into extinction. So what they did was to cherry pick those 76 responses out of the 10,000. But then they claim that the 77 that they got was the entirety of the study. They said that was their 100%.

And therefore only one out of 77 scientists thinks that climate is not being destroyed by humans because they have that huge skewed ratio there, right? And so basically their whole study was ratioed. So many
people didn't respond. And of the 3000 that responded, the vast majority, all but 76 of them, said, you guys are full of shit, that humans don't have anything to do with causing climate. There aren't enough of us.

We don't put on enough carbon dioxide, blah, blah, blah, blah, blah. And the fact of the matter is that a single volcano, at any given time, there's 50 active volcanoes on the planet. A single volcano erupting, eliminates all of the carbon dioxide savings of Greta's whole generation in the first hour. So this is all a bunch of horseshit, complete horseshit anyway, though. So within the complete horseshit of all of this, we're looking at trying to piece together the history here, right?

And we know that this whole thing is a farce. That all of the shit that the powers that be, the mother, Weffers, your personal government, everything they say is a lie, it's all going towards this naradigm, that is 100% bogus, right? There were giants on Earth. We know this. There's been 50 different species of humans.

50 different species, coneheads, small humans, big humans, all different kinds of humans, right? We're genetically modified all the fucking gone. But we're genetically modified not by the insertion of any genes, because our human skills can't do that, nor can the aliens, apparently. And so they didn't put any genes into us. They removed genes.

So we have 23 pairs of chromosomes, almost all other creatures, but all other primates have even numbered pairs of chromosomes. We're the oddity because we have an OD number of pairs, we have the 23, right? Instead of 24, 26 or 28, like all the other primates anyway, though. So we've been genetically modified by the removal. We know that there were species of humans that did not have number two gene removed, but instead had number 15 removed.

This was the Homocopensis, the cone heads. They've got a fused point between or where number 15 gene sequence should be. So their 15th gene sequence was removed. They're still 23 pair, but they're a different 23 chromosome than us. And thus they have the big cone heads, maybe even had psychic powers, who the fuck knows?

And there are probably still a few of them alive. We think that the Rothschilds are within that lineage, that they're a Homocopensis hybrid anyway. So when Miss Space Aliens attacked us from that point on, all right, so I'm of the opinion that you cannot apply Darwinian evolution to humans and you cannot apply that to humans even in advance of us being invaded by the space aliens in the last 12,000 years, 12,000 years ago, right? Even before that, humans were 23 pairs in general, and we were not like the other primates. And so we were modified way the fuck before that by something else long and complicated, right?

Anyway, so our history is not as we've been told it's going to be busting out here as we come on into the chaos of all of this stuff that's going to be emerging, because we're at that point, right, the Naradigm is breaking down, the Overwoo is taking over.

It's the end of the Cartesian construct of the world that matter is dominant. And we're switching back to the other concept, that mind or consciousness is dominant. This is going to cause a big upending in our social order because of the fundamental nature of that paradigm is so pervasive and so dominant, and it's going to take a while. So this will take us a number of years, maybe decades, for this new paradigm to be established of consciousness ruling and all of our science swapping around and all this sort of thing. But we're right in the middle of it now, so it's a very exciting time to be alive.

It's going to be all kinds of strange stuff going on and it's going to seemingly get stranger and more bizarre as we progress through time here. This is certainly going to be true of events and stuff that happen here in the USA. Well, also, well, all of the North America, but all over the planet. But we're the ones that are really in the midst of the chaos now, right?

So the Ukraine war is going to end. The Ukraine army is going to collapse. This is all this fall, actually. So let me get back into some data kind of stuff here. There's vast quantities of chaos showing up in the data.

It's going to be just a giant mishmash of everything coming unglued all at once, starting at the end of this month. So it would be like Memorial Day weekend on. So like the 30 August on, we're going to start getting into a period of a great deal of chaos, a great deal of upset. If it's not in upheaval now, it will be by then relative to I don't care if it's sports or what aspect of science or whatever, there's just going to be all kinds of new shit pouring out as we go forward here and it's going to pick up and dominate. So the chaos aspect of things is going to be really dominating from September onward, you can say from the 1 September through the rest of this year and into next year.

It's going to be quite frothy, quite the pressured change as everything comes up for reexamination, for changing, for a new look at all of this stuff because of everything else that's going on that's in chaos now, we know that the Biden regime is trying to do their lockdown. They're going to try it for another variant of COVID It's not going to work. People are going to rebel, no one's going to go along with it. Well, some small portion probably will though, some small portion will feel okay about it. But you got to understand that even the normies that were compliant last time are going to be really looking to scance at it this time and we don't have any of the kinds of pressure for the deaths and so on.

Anytime anybody brings up a death, I'm going to say shot, not COVID, that sort of thing, right? So there's going to be all sorts of pushback on this that won't allow what they want, which is the lockdown all through the election cycle, so that they can get the Biden regime back in. And it's going to be quite chaotic here as we proceed on all of this. I don't know how it's going to end up, but I don't see the well, it's not going to end, so to speak. But, I mean, I don't know how it's going to evolve, how it's going to mature in terms of details.

But the data sets have nothing at all in the way of a cohesion around the idea of the lockdowns and that sort of thing. So I don't think that's going to fly, I just actually don't think that people will accept it and that however much they push on it, they're going to get so much pushback that they just basically drop it because it is non productive and not worth their trouble. They've got a real problem. The problem comes down to a level of emotionality involved in anything they do. If they get enough pushback, then their pushing harder makes you push yourself harder and become more firm in your stance and they don't want that.

This is all mind control, so they can't have you adopting an attitude about this shit, right? That's the last thing that they can have happen is for you to have an attitude that hardens that basically says fuck them because then they know they're screwed. There's no way they can manipulate you on this and that. We're getting to that point where the Khazarian mafia just is unable to really deal with the situation that they've set up and its degradation. They never figured that they would lose.

They were just so arrogant and so sure of their techniques or technology or whatever that they just never had any allowances for its failure. And of course it has failed and it's continuing to fail and it's going to get even worse.

So this fall is going to be massively chaotic but I don't expect it to be the kind of controlled chaos that the powers that be want. I expect it to be actual chaos of the final aspects of the overwoo subsuming all of the remnants of the paradigm and that'll include the lockdowns, that'll include the idea that doctors know what the fuck they're doing, that our science has any moral legitimacy. So as Descartes dies as the Cartesian model of reality, I think therefore I am. As that dies and is replaced by I am, therefore I think, models of our reality, then we're getting into this radically different system, radically different arrangement of our commonly shared reality. So we're going to see this breakdown of the dollar, we're going to see the breakdown of the stock markets, we're going to see the corruption of the stock market come out where people say oh my God, oh my God.

There's supposedly X number of shares of this particular company sold and now it turns out there's 99 million more shares of this company sold and no one knows which share is legit, therefore all shares are bogus. And it's going to be that kind of chaos and it's going to affect the money. It's going to get everything and a lot of it's going to derive from the problems that the central bank structure is going to have in attempting to maintain their dominance over the planet, which it's failing, they're losing it now, so it's not going to happen that they'll remain dominant. And here we go. We're off in a let's build it ourselves world.

And the Kazarian mafia can't have that. They must have systemization, they must have control in order to even exist. So if the central banks fail, or when the central banks fail, they are failing now, even as they are failing now. Klaus Schwab is losing all of his money. George Soros is losing all of his money.

Their whole thing is eroding. The ability to rake off money from the central bank structure and funnel it into the WEF and the UN and all these people is collapsing and thus their whole naradigm is collapsing because the ability to do the enforcement can't be paid for anymore. So you got a lot of newspapers and stuff. They can't afford the WEF and all these people, they can put
the money in there, but it doesn't buy much anymore, right? So they're having the breakdown of the mainstream media.

People aren't paying any attention. So that naturally the ad rates are falling off and this kind of thing, which means that their impact is less and it just keeps going on and it keeps snowballing. That's basically where we're at is we're at the snowball is rolling down the hill and it's going to crush the weft village at the bottom of the mountain and it's a giant snowball and it's gaining more mass as it continues. And my data scanning indicates in the Immediacy values that September is going to be very lively right from the get go. There will be things happening.

The rate at which stuff happens, especially within money stuff, is going to get very rapid as it speeds up. There's going to be slips or gaps in the ability of the central banks to control stuff. And so we'll have episodes and so we'll start having episodes come to light within the economy, within the not the economy, but the financial system and the banking system, the movement of money, these kind of things. We're going to have all of these sorts of episodes that will emerge as we go forward into September. They're going to cause real problems with banking structures for the individual people, et cetera, relative to the flow of funds.

Now there's going to be bank failures. There's going to be people getting locked out of their accounts by different causes, some of which will be blamed on software. And this is at the point where we're at now, where proffered reasons for why something occurred, you'll just have to ignore. So it is not true that the electrical power lines in any way affected the fires in Maui. They didn't cause them, they didn't exacerbate them, they didn't spread them.

So the electrical power lines being on and those images were put out by mainstream media that you would have a why to be able to put with the naradigm of the horrible climate change, blah, blah, blah. And in fact, of course, we know it was direct energy weapons probably produced by Raytheon. And so, I mean, Boeing and Raytheon manufacture these direct energy weapons and they put them in airplanes and they put them in satellites and all this kind of shit. So it's quite believable that the powers that be would get their hands on them and use them for this. Know, it's really interesting that those power line fires stopped right at the edge of Oprah's property.

It's interesting that the power line fires came no closer to Obama's property than 300 yards all the way around. Okay? And it's also really cool that the power line and the fire knows not to burn trees. They know that it's the evil humans and not the evil trees that are causing the problems for the climate, man. Giant rocks.

Huge. So three rocks to a semi trailer to a low boy oversized load. Semi trailer hauling three rocks. So rocks bigger than my cars. I don't know what they're doing.

Probably got to repair a slide area or something. Anyway, getting into town here. So stuff's passing me. The big road crews are going, heading north.

Yeah. So the why part of all of this, especially for the financial, you've got to just disregard every time you hear it. You have to say that's a lie. Okay. Just so that you reinforce in your own mind and don't accept in your own mind the shit that the media is pumping out.

So just tell yourself that's media they're lying and just let it go. Not put any effort into it at all.

Okay guys, I'm going to have to shut off here. I've got to pay attention to my driving and stuff here. But it's going to be very interesting. Starting in a week as we get into the 30 August and onward, it starts really picking up. We're going to hit a bulge in what the data said would be activity.

That bulge should hit us around the 16th or 17 September and continue through the rest of the month. It'll slack off a little tiny bit the last week in September and then reappear as a larger bulge in the first week of October. Probably around October 2. It'll start off again according to the data anyway. Okay.

So got to go. Talk to you guys later. Probably do one of these.


The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


Import a white-guy – 08-25-2023

Import a white-guy - 08-25-2023

Import a white-guy - 08-25-2023

Episode Summary:

The author comments on a shifting social order and changing perceptions of authority in the U.S. They mention an incident involving an FBI agent who was not given preferential treatment by citizens. The author also alludes to suspicions about the Biden administration's intentions and mentions theories of potential UN involvement in the U.S. The text references the "Kazarian Mafia" and "World Economic Forum" as influential groups. The author further discusses demographic changes in political alignments, particularly in Washington State and California. Towards the end, controversial views on race and IQ are presented, highlighting a perceived disparity between white and black populations in North America.

The text discusses perceived IQ differences among various racial and ethnic groups. It claims whites have an average IQ of 100, blacks in North America at 80, and in Africa at 65, with a point about mixed races complicating data. The text mentions Asians with a mean IQ of 95, but with some subgroups like the Japanese having a higher average. The author stresses cultural biases in IQ tests, like those faced by the Kalahari Bushmen. The piece also touches on the socio-political history of South Africa, discussing the dominance of whites, their technological advancements, and the eventual shift to black majority rule leading to a decrease in the white population.

The text claims that South Africa's infrastructure is deteriorating due to mismanagement by its leaders. An informant from Africa suggests that the departure of the white population contributed to this decline. The writer then transitions to conspiracy theories surrounding the "Khazarian mafia", a supposed group within the Jewish population, arguing they seek to replace white populations to maintain control. The text alleges that this group uses intelligence as a metric and that they have nefariously reduced the white population via a pandemic. The author predicts financial collapse in September and a devaluation of the dollar in October, followed by a potential new pandemic and backlash from the population.

The writer criticizes Democrats and current power structures. There's anticipation of socio-political events related to aliens, politics, and banking. The writer is concerned about upcoming chaos involving financial systems and societal reactions to the Feds. South Africa faces power grid collapse and infrastructure failures, and may rely on external aid. There are reports of European countries deporting African immigrants. The writer fears the U.S. will face attacks from Chinese sleeper cells and anticipates possible social revolutions. They mention growing paranoia about surveillance in urban areas. The writer predicts violent confrontations but believes they will be short-lived. The fiscal system might collapse, and the writer ends by stating they have work to do.

#Aliens #Asians #Banking #BidenRegime #Blacks #California #Chaos #ChineseSleeperCells #Conspiracy #CulturalBias #Democrats #DollarDevaluation #Europe #FBI #Feds #FinancialCollapse #Immigration #Infrastructure #InfrastructureCollapse #Intelligence #IntelligenceMetric #IQ #Japanese #JewishPopulation #KalahariBushmen #KazarianMafia #KhazarianMafia #MixedRace #NorthAmerica #Pandemic #Politics #PowerGrid #Pushback #Race #RacialDifferences #SocialOrder #SocialRevolution #SocialTerrorist #SouthAfrica #Surveillance #TechnologicalAdvancement #U.S. #Vandalism #WashingtonState #WEF #Whites #WorldEconomicForum

Import a white-guy - 08-25-2023

Hello humans. Hello humans. It's going on towards noon, about 20 till on the 23 August. Heading outbound now, back out to the coast. Got most of the chores done, some things a little disappointing, just the way things are these days.

But what, off we go getting stuff done and basically there's going to be a lot of stuff going on.

Powers that be the Kazarian Mafia. We've got some real issues. The United States isn't going to accept the lockdown, isn't going to accept another variant of COVID as meaningful. There's going to be all kinds of pushback on the Biden regime, which is crumbling now. And it's just really interesting, actually, the level of degradation that I'm seeing in the structure of the old social order, right?

So it used to be that having an FBI badge was meaningful. And I was just in a situation where a guy shows up at this business, I was there doing business at the counter and this guy shows up and he basically wants to cut ahead of everybody because he's FBI and he's in from Seattle and he's in a hurry. And it's like we all look at him and said, basically, end of the line, fucker. And the guy was like really pissed. But there were six or seven of us.

What's he going to do? Arrest us for not letting him cut in? Anyway, so it was an interesting morning and he's got some real issues being down here anyway. I mean, he just sticks out like a sore thumb suit, tie, the whole deal. So he was out of Seattle, not out of Olympia.

When they come out of Olympia office, they usually are a little more casual in the dress, trying to look a little bit more like the tourists so they look like a Fed boy with the Fed boy leisure clothes. This guy was in the total Fed suit, men in black kind of stuff. Anyway, so the social orders rigidity that was provided by the Naradigm issuing from the Khazarian Mafia, the Mother Weffers, the World Economic Forum, the UN. That got some serious degradation here. So the theory was that at some point the Biden regime was going to say that there were domestic terrorists running around all the fucking gone in the US.

And they were going to invite in the UN troops to save the American people from the evil right wing domestic terrorists. And it's their usual playbook, et cetera, yada, yada, yada. Bring in, quote, the peacekeepers. And that part I thought was going to be rather interesting because we don't have a civil war here in the sense of shooting. We've got all this ideological fracturing and stuff, but we don't have a civil war here, nor do we have domestic terrorism as the UN.

And these people describe it. But my thinking was that if they did go that far and were actually able to coerce the UN, bear in mind the UN gets all of its money from us. Right. And so you can expect that the minute that the UN troops hit the United States soil that the money flows will be coming directly from our central bank, from the Federal Reserve. And they're going to be inadequate to the task, especially as the populace rebels against both the UN.

Troops and the money that's supporting them. The actual currency, the data sets a long time ago had something as a spark that would lead to the visual death of the dollar. The visual bleed out, so to speak, right. Where there would be something that would happen. It would cause some level of bank runs, but it would also cause a level of repudiation of the financial system here in actually Canada too.

So North America, so all of North America, the United States and Canada, and that the banking system was going to be in very terrible trouble. Now we're at that point where the banking system is in the terrible trouble that had been described by the data, but we don't have any of the, at least at this level, any of the indications that the Biden regime is trying to maneuver the UN. In to try and keep peace here. Right. It's really an interesting situation.

You've got all these Democrat controlled cities in some of the Democrat nominally controlled states. So there are cities in California that are Democrat controlled. They probably would not even be able to secure an election for themselves, the Democrats in those cities, if the election was honest, meaning that so many people are conservative even in the cities now. Especially now as a result of the Unfettered rampaging bizarro transqueer demo Biden regime. Right.

So California is a red state. I live in Washington State, which is nominally controlled by the Democrats and has been for the last 40, 50 plus years as they rigged the elections tighter and tighter and tighter. We were one of the first states that was targeted by soros he put in all kinds of prosecutors. One of those prosecutors got elected as our governor fuck. Four terms ago and has been in ever since.

And this is a real wephonian fucktard. This is inslee. Jay Inslee. He's reputedly retarded, okay? I know people that know him and actually interact with him.

And they say the guy is probably very low IQ and is borderline retarded and he does what he's told. So he's been told by the mother Weffers that we've got to decarbonize So. He's all intent on decarbonizing Washington State. Now, never mind that. We all know now that decarbonization is another code word for genocide.

They want to kill off humans. They want to kill off white humans specifically because all the others are easily controlled. So I'll talk facts here, and these facts will be very disturbing to a lot of people, okay? These are old facts. So they come from the 1940s, all right, before the weffonians got in deep enough to start controlling everything.

And these facts relate to IQ, all right? And so the mother Weffers have this vision of themselves controlling the Jewish population of the world and that Jewish population controlling everyone else. And that the white race being greatly reduced down to where we would be a very small minority. They want to kill off as many of us as possible. And here's why, okay?

So we're going to look at means, all right? And a mean is the point in a group at which half of that group is over a particular threshold and half is under a particular threshold. So the mean is meaningful, right? This halfway point is meaningful because you can look at large populations and just look at a particular criteria and judge these populations on the mean, on the halfway point to see where they stack up to each other. This way you don't have to get into too much deeper of a level of analysis.

But here is the mean that the mother Weffers are very concerned about, and they actually altered it with their plan, the pandemic, okay? So they killed off a lot of the compliant people. But here's the thing. So the white race, the white people have now IQ tests are bogus, right? Because if you don't grow up in a social order that has the linguistic numeric, technological bent, then you're going to do very bad on an IQ test developed by that culture.

So we go into this knowing that that these numbers are representative of the WEF's understanding, but they don't represent an actual reference for individual humans, okay? Just in the aggregate. But here are the numbers. So the mean intelligence level for white people in North America and Europe is 100 IQ. That means that half of all white people have under 100 IQ, and half of all white people have over 100 IQ in North America.

The mean level for IQ for black people is 80. So half of all black people in North America have an IQ under 80, and half have an IQ over 80. Okay? So a 20 point differential between whites and blacks right there. But it gets even.

And this is taking into account some elements of the IQ tests relative to blacks. That's why they haven't been giving any IQ tests for years and years and years. Even the military is very low key about how they do it. They're no longer just straight out, hey, there's an IQ test. You got to go take it.

They don't do things that way anymore anyway. So the mean level for whites is 100. The mean level for blacks in North America is 80. The mean level for blacks in Africa is 65. Okay?

So there is a 15 point differential between blacks in Africa and black people here in the United States. Now, it gets really confused when you start looking at the actual details of these studies because you come to the understanding oh, look, all of these people are not black. Some of them are mixed raced, but are categorized as black because they are mixed race for the purpose of these tests. And so this was the data that was coming from the so it was only in the 70s that we started seeing the mixed race issue show up with any sizableness because that's when the wefts started trying to really destroy whites. They wanted to breed us out of existence and what they actually found was that wasn't working, that when people breed with whites, they produce a hybrid that will still be classified as non white insofar as tests and stuff, but this person will be closer to white intelligence.

So whites breed intelligence as an aspect of passing on the genetics. So we raise the overall mean on people. Now, this doesn't account for non hybridized black people in the United States having a higher IQ. What does account for that is that the black people here had been pressured against the whites for a higher level of intelligence. There's all these different factors going on.

So black people in general are more intelligent if they originate in North America than if they originate in Africa. And so if we apply these metrics, we see that there's 100 for whites. Asians show up, depending on how you slice it. So there's a lot of Asian races, but if we were just to be aggregates and say it didn't matter if you were a Thai, if you were Cambodian or Vietnamese or Chinese or Japanese, and we would just categorize you as Asian, then we find that all the Asians are about 95 in the mean. Okay?

So the intelligence for Asian people is 95 in the aggregation. So there are actually the Japanese and some subsets of Chinese population actually have a higher level of mean intelligence than do whites. This is really interesting when you look at it. If we take the Japanese, we find out that the Japanese have a mean intelligence level that's at 105. So half of their people have intelligence that's above 105.

So that deviation means that there's more of intelligent people that are Japanese in general than there are white people. Now, what really gets interesting is that we find that genius, that is to say, we've categorized genius as being 125 IQ or higher, and there will be people that will claim they've got 250 IQ. That doesn't really make any difference once it's over 125, any kind of differences are basically meaningless. But anyway, so we have a 125 as the threshold for very smart or for genius, et cetera, right? So that's the low end of genius.

Well, 25%. So of all of the people that are white that have their intelligence over 100 in that group alone, the mean for that group will be 125. So half of those people will actually have higher level of intelligence that will shade towards genius. So of the total population of whites, this is 25%. So we've got a quarter of all whites will be shading towards very intelligent and indigenous.

If you start examining other racial groups like the Japanese, you see that while their mean level for intelligence is higher and they have a generalized level of intelligence that's higher than white people, they have far fewer people that scale up towards genius. And so the percentage of the population of the Japanese that is over 95, but is also over 125, which is to say, very intelligent. Scaling towards genius, which is 25% in whites, is only about six and a half percent in the Japanese, in the Asians. And we find that this pattern is repeated throughout all of the Asian subsets. When examined individually, they will have a generalized, slightly higher intelligence level at a mean, but not as many that actually, so to speak, pop up over the very high intelligence level.

And so you can get all these various racial groups. Now, in my opinion, it's valid to apply a Western culture IQ test to the Inuit and the Dinglet in Alaska, the native people in Alaska, because they've had exposure to whites and the culture long enough that they've absorbed the culture. And it would be somewhat valid to have an intelligence test for them that is regular intelligence test for the country. But it wouldn't be appropriate to do that with the Kalahari Bushman. Even though they've had some interaction with white people and a white culture in South Africa, they are not going to have skills that would allow them to do well on the intelligence test, even if they are very intelligent.

So for the Kalahari Bushmen, it would be much more pertinent to have an intelligence test that tested them on stuff that's closer to where they live because they don't live in the Western culture, if that makes sense. Right. So you can have these tests. But I personally go into it knowing that there are flaws in both the test, the design, what it tests and how it's applied to the various cultures, and the fact that we don't have culture specific IQ tests. Right, because someone could be a very smart Kalahari Bushman and keep you alive in those environments, but would show up literally as retarded within the standard intelligence tests that we have here.

But here is some of the grosser results that you can see that these intelligence tests do have some validity. And so people in South Africa rose up against a dictatorial minority that had a racial dictatorship. Okay? So all of the Boers, the whites that were in South Africa ruled South Africa for a long time. They were outnumbered hundreds to one by the native black people.

And these native black people, bear in mind, had a much lower average intelligence. So the mean for the black people in Africa is 65, whereas the mean for the white people in Africa is still 100. So we've got ourselves a 35 point intelligence gap there, and that contributes to a lot of misunderstandings and so on and so on. But what has happened in South Africa is very illustrative of the overall dimensions of these problems relative to intelligence. So the white people in South Africa over the course of hundreds of years build up, just as with the rest of the white people in North America and Europe and et cetera, they build up a white culture in South Africa that was technologically oriented.

It had running electricity, public libraries, power plants, public sanitation, public transportation, all this stuff paid for by the taxing system, all right? This taxing system was basically taxing whites, not blacks, because the blacks were not really part of the financial economy relative to the tax structure. And so as the great upending of the white culture in South Africa happens and they become a black culture dominated by the majority, then we see a lot of changes. And those changes have reached a crises point, a culmination point, okay? And this crises point is that the number of whites in South Africa has been reduced by nine out of ten.

So there's only one 10th as many whites participating in South African social order now as at the height. Just before the turnover to the black control, the people just fled, all right? And so they sort of saw what was coming because they were used to dealing with people with very low intelligence. And ultimately, it comes down to this. The people in South Africa that are in charge of things are not intelligent enough to keep them operating.

And that's just the bare fact of the matter. And so I know black people in Africa and one black woman I know in Africa has sent me repeated emails saying that the whole country is collapsing, and what can they do to get whites to move back in and maintain this? Before the whites left, they had running water, sewage flowing, buses worked, and they had electricity, and they also had food everywhere. Now they've got farms collapsing, death and crime everywhere, rolling blackouts, and pretty soon it's going to be 100% blackout. They're going to have a crises, and there will be according to our data anyway, there's going to be an accident, and I think it'll be an accident of stupidity.

I think somebody's going to flip a switch the wrong way or something, and their entire power plant or their entire electrical grid is going to go down, and it's not coming back up. It may come back up in fits and starts, and it may come back up in chunks, but it won't be coming back up as an effective nationwide power grid. And also bear in mind, the South African power grid and power plants support more than just South Africa. They flow into other neighboring countries, and they've had to throw those neighboring countries to their own devices. Recently, as the black power structure in South Africa is unable to maintain a functioning that's this is the harsh facts of the matter, right?

And so these harsh facts I keep encountering when I read through with the reluctant feet dragging assistance of Chat GPT, when when I read through a lot of this literature, it goes into very, very specifics about what the space aliens were looking for in the humans for their technological slaves to run their devices. And they don't have black people doing it right.

So if we look at all these intelligence tests and stuff, we find that the Khazarian mafia, and that is to say the Khazarian mafia being subsumed in the Jewish population and being a subset of the Jews, is categorized as Jewish. And we see that the Khazarian mafia is aware of all of these intelligence issues and they're actually piggybacking some of their plans on them, but they are not very smart. The mean level of intelligence for the Jewish population is down at 87. So it's higher than the black population in the United States, but far lower than whites. And so this is a global kind of a thing here.

But anyway, so it is the Kazarian mafia's idea to replace all the whites with lower level of intelligence, which they think means more easily controlled people. Now, there's also this hidden level of anti white bias that you get out of the Khazarians. And some of that has been transferred over to the larger Jewish population through the rabbinical schools that study the Talmud. Okay, bear in mind, the Talmud is not the word of God. It's a bunch of commentaries from people that were claiming the status of spiritual.

They were saying they were rabbis, rebbies or whatever, right? But just basically a bunch of guys and they wrote the Talmud within there, there is pointers to stuff out of the Torah and they are pissed at the Elohim for the genetic modification that they think created white people. Now, this is bogus. All right? So the white people existed before the Elohim came on in.

The stuff that the Elohim did for their own purposes to humans is somewhat replicated in things that had been done by other ones of these space alien pretender gods, but nonetheless, the Talmud and stuff. So if you're really into the Talmud then you believe the Earth is only 4000 years old. And it began basically when Adam and Eve were created. Even though in your own damn book it says that the planet was filled with humans and that the space aliens came here and they abducted them and they created Adam and Eve out of the humans that were here. It's really goofy that way.

But anyway, so it's denying all of the previous history and the previous great civilizations of all these red headed white people that existed in the northern realms. Anyway, though, the Kazarian mafia is desperate to get rid of the white people and replace us with people that they think will be easier controlled and they're using IQ as a delimiter on this and saying, okay, we need to get these things to occur and here's how we'll do it. But in any event though, my point being I think they killed off a lot of the lower intelligence white people with these damn shots with the pandemic they had. And so they've basically concentrated in the white people, concentrated the racial group towards more intelligent because they've killed off a lot of the lower intelligence guys that would have otherwise bred huge rise in the number of 20 year old males in 20 and 30s that are dead ill to the point of having cancer and that kind of thing. And or now sterile.

So I've got a local guy here, he's in his 40s, he got one of the shots and his balls swelled up to the size of like extremely painful. They almost thought they might have to remove him because of the pain. They were the size of softballs. He couldn't move, he had to be transported on stretchers. Just incredible levels of pain out of this on the shot.

It took a month for him to the pain to go away and another month for the swelling to go away. But now the upshot is that he's totally infertile. He's already got two sons so this isn't too bad for him because he's in his early 40s, but real shock that the clot shot makes you sterile anyway though. So as I say, they've concentrated all of this into a smaller set of the population and they're going to have to deal with us all because now there's a lot more of us that are like raspy bastards and we're going to push back. So they're going to get a lot more pushback in a lot less diluted fashion on everything they do because of the people that they've got left here after the ones they've killed off are the ones that are non compliant, that we're the guys that really want to push back anyway though.

So the intelligence thing is going to be a big issue here, right? And you're going to see all different kinds of stuff come out about it relative to the plans of the Kazarians and their next pandemic, et cetera, et cetera. So it's going to be really strange here guys. I think September is going to be really interesting, a real hoot in terms of what the Kazarian mafia brings out and we'll be able to see what plans they've got. But October is going to be even more so.

So I expect at the end of September we'll be in the midst of the financial breakdown, banks failing, all of that kind of thing, people running around, freaking out in general. And then we'll go into the first part of October and all kinds of crap is going to come out on top of the banking stuff as the central banks take a big hit down. So it would not surprise me to have some mechanism that allows the Federal Reserve to do a stroke devalue, okay, a stroke of a pin kind of a thing, right? A push of a key devaluation of the Federal Reserve note, aka the dollar. And I would suspect it would devalue like a third.

Like we'd lose 30% of the purchasing power between one moment and the next. And so I'm expecting something like that to occur sometime in October, early October. And then things are going to get just terrible from that point on. They'll be trying to push out their pandemic. They'll be getting pushback on that.

We're going to have lots of people that when they push back will do so in ways that the Feds had not anticipated. And to the Feds they will be able to use some of this pushback as their justification for rampaging social terrorism, right? They're going to come up with new words for it. But basically if you question the Democrats winning the election you're a social terrorist and that kind of thing. But in any event, it's like end of August we're going to get into some more alien stuff.

Then September it's going to segue into politics and banking. And then at the end of September it's going to segue into banking, financial, dominating everything. Then at the first part of October we're going to get into chaos that goes from the social order and the fiscal, the financial system that will then move into the general population in terms of their reaction relative to the Feds. And so the Feds will have a the Kazarean mafia directing them will have a really tough time. So I don't expect that the decarbonization shit that the great Retard Jay Inslee, our current governor, is going to try and push or is ever going to go anywhere at all.

And I suspect it will just show more and more people exactly how retarded the current power structure really is. In the midst of all of that, we're going to have this complete and final collapse of the South African power grid that's going to affect all of South African life and other neighboring countries in Africa. And it will get to the point in my opinion, that South Africa will will be so desperate that they will do something know, ask the UN to come in to fix and run their basically they want to import white guys to fix and run their power system even if the white guys are not native. So they'll take them from wherever they can get them, right? So they'll try and import white people to run their systems for them that they're incapable of running that are collapsing at this moment.

So the woman in South Africa that writes to me, she's black and she from a particular tribe in the eastern part of South Africa. I don't have any big city I don't know any big city near her there. But in any event, though, she does mention going to Johannesburg a couple of times. But in any event though, she's saying that their sewage system hasn't worked for at this point. Let me think.

So since March she wrote me a letter. I'll write her an email and ask if it's been repaired. But the sewage system for the whole damn town she lives in shut down the sewer plant, everything. The people aren't even showing up at work because it's so broken and they're unable to fix it. I don't know if they have a plan or whatever the deal is, whether it's financing or lack of skills or whatever, but the whole sewer system is screwed.

And this is a sewer system for several counties, what we would think of as several counties, areas around a largeish mid sized kind of a town. And so 60, 80,000 people affected by it.

Anyway, so I think that we'll see that the data set was quite clear about South Africa going into this point where they are trying to bring people in, they're trying to import white people and as I say, it's going to get really weird. So anyway, back here now I got to get things put away and then go and do real work. But it's going to be interesting guys and it's going to be coming down to, you know, electing not only nice people and not only uncorrupted and not only polite or ideologically compatible people, but actually electing competent people. So as shit falls apart, then you see who can do stuff and what's going to happen. So the South African political structure is in the process of dying with their power grid and it's going to get really bizarre as we go forward, especially once the Europeans start shipping back black people on Moss to Africa, right?

Because they're right at that point now, they're going to start putting in I think Sweden has actually got budgets allocated to shipping people back and this is like they've had budgetary increases for the first time in like ten or twelve years. The WEF doesn't like this, right? They're really pissed and they're trying to split the Swedish government, the power structure in the Swedish government to try and retain control. But the lower echelons of the Swedish government are not playing along anymore and are doing things on their own as they would want to. And so, like I say, it's going to get really strange here where you see the European countries rounding up blacks to ship back to South Africa.

Almost all of these guys are male. The big issues for France is going to be shipping back whole black families, right? Because there's a lot more females among the population from Africa in France than in other countries except in Italy. There's a lot in Italy as well. But the data set was quite clear that the horror that would be presented to the American people in our.

Media as the Italian government sends out the military to go and literally capture, tag and bag humans, capture them, lasso them, round them up, put them on ships or airplanes and get them out of the country. So this is going to be quite the interesting period of time. This is going to come to the United States, but in the United States, in North America, because it's going to hit Canada even worse. There's going to be the attack of the Chinese, okay, the attack of the sleeper cells. So they will do that.

The mother Weffers will try and coordinate a BLM style social revolution. At the same time, they've got an increased lockdown and those things won't work. So they will activate their sleeper cells here that have been infiltrating us for the four years of the Biden regime and for the eight years of the Obama regime, and we'll go into battle with these guys. So I expect that it may come to the point where we have to form militias to go on out and deal with local sleeper cells that are blowing up trains and power lines and this kind of thing, right? So it's going to be really confusing because at the same time that that's happening out here in the country, the sleeper cells being activated against the, quote, right wing, we're also going to see I don't know how you would characterize them, but people in the democratic cities turn against the ideology and start doing acts of vandalism against the control structure.

So even kids in the democratic cities now are really starting to get paranoid about all of the surveillance cameras and the 15 minutes cities and all of this kind of stuff. And so they're starting to, on their own, do damage and vandalism against these devices and stuff. And that's going to be quite interesting because how would you be able to are you a domestic terrorist? If you're a leftist and you're paranoid and pissed and you take down the 5G camera street system, streetlight system, are you a terrorist? Or if you just say that, oh, I'm a progressive and I'm just paranoid, I'm not a domestic terrorist.

Right winger. And the effect would be the same. People are going to be destroying all of this equipment that's been put in by the WEF. It's happening now in Britain. It's almost a hobby for some people, and we're going to have it here.

Now, when the sleeper cells get activated, the data sets say that that won't be very long, it won't be a two year war or anything, but it's going to be very violent, very disruptive, all of that kind of stuff. So it's going to be a hard couple of years from this point forward and it's going to get a lot harder on everybody as the fiscal system upends itself and goes belly up this fall. Anyway, guys, I got to go do work, so I'll talk to you later.


The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.